Quarterlytics / Real Estate / Real Estate - Services / Cushman & Wakefield

Cushman & Wakefield

cwk · LSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker cwk
Exchange LSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry Real Estate - Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Cushman & Wakefield
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
.

W
W
W
C
R
A
N
S
W
C
K
C
O
U
K

I

.

.

REPORT & ACCOUNTS
Year Ended 31 March 2014

HIGHLIGHTS

Revenue £m
+13.7%

Adjusted profit before tax *†  £m
+6.3%

TRADING HIGHLIGHTS

994.9

820.8

875.2

49.1

52.2

45.6

•	

Strong revenue growth

2012

2013

2014

2012

2013

2014

Adjusted earnings per share *†
+6.9%

p

Dividend per share  p
+6.7%

78.7

84.1

72.9

28.5

30.0

32.0

2012

2013

2014

2012

2013

2014

Free cash flow £m
+20.5%

Net debt  £m
-15.4%

49.0

43.4

59.1

21.7

20.1

17.0

•	

•	

Record	adjusted	profit	 
before tax

Full year dividend increased 
by 6.7 per cent

•	

Record	free	cash	flow

•	

•	

•	

•	

£14 million investment in 
pig breeding and rearing 
activities

£28 million investment in 
asset base

Reportable accident incident 
ratio down 47 per cent

Like-for-like relative carbon 
footprint down 7 per cent

2012

2013

2014

2012

2013

2014

*:  2014 – Excluding release of contingent consideration and net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets

2013 – Excluding impairment of property, plant and equipment
2012	–	Excluding	impairment	of	goodwill	and	effects	of	associate

†:	 Restated	to	reflect	amendment	to	IAS	19	Employee	Benefits

STRATEGIC  
REPORT

Highlights 

About Us 

At a Glance 

Chairman’s Statement 

Our Track Record 

Awards 

Our Strategy and Business Model 

Our Key Performance Indicators 

Risk Management and Principal Risks 

Operational Review 

Financial Review 

Group Directors and Categories 

Corporate Social Responsibility 

CORPORATE  
GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER 
INFORMATION

IFC

Governance Introduction from  

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  62

Shareholder Information 

the Chairman 

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Audit Committee Report 

Nomination Committee Report 

Remuneration Committee Report 

Directors’ Report 

32

33

34

38

44

46

58

Report of the Auditors 

Group Income Statement 

Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Balance Sheets 

Statements of Cash Flows 

Statements of Changes in Equity 

Notes to the Accounts 

64

66

67

68

70

72

74

Shareholder Analysis 

Advisers 

1

2

4

6

7

8

10

12

16

20

23

24

114

115

116

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
	
ABOUT US

“Cranswick plc is a leading and innovative British supplier of premium, fresh and 
added-value food products with annual revenues of approximately £1.0 billion. 

Our core market is the United Kingdom where we provide a range of fresh pork, 
gourmet sausages, premium cooked meats, charcuterie, traditional hand-cured, 
air-dried bacon, gourmet pastry products and sandwiches through retail, food 
service and manufacturing channels.

With a clear focus on premium ranges, we deliver exceptional food through a 
dedicated focus on innovation, quality and service.

We have a rapidly developing export business serving the European,  
US and South East Asian markets.

We operate from twelve well invested, highly efficient production facilities in 
the UK employing almost 8,000 people.

Our vertically integrated business model now enables us to source almost 20 per 
cent of the Group’s British pig requirement from our  
own farms.”

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

For further information 
please visit our website
www.cranswick.co.uk

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

1

 
 
 
 
AT A GLANCE

CRANSWICK’S  
DEVELOPMENT

1995
GOURMET SAUSAGE 
INNOVATION

2001
CONTINENTAL 
PRODUCTS

2003
SANDWICH 
PRODUCTS

2004
AIR-DRIED BACON 
AND GAMMON

2008
ARTISAN HAMS 
BACON AND  
CHARCUTERIE

2011
HANDMADE  
PASTRY

1970s
ESTABLISH
AGRI-FOOD
BUISINESS

1988
PROGRESS TO FOOD 
MANUFACTURING

EARLY 1990s
THROUGH THE  
VALUE CHAIN

(animal feed)

(fresh pork)

(deli meats)

2005
UTILISING THE PIG

(sliced  
cooked
meats)

2009
CREATING  
HEADROOM FOR 
GROWTH

(capacity)

2013
BACKWARD 
INTEGRATION 

(pig 
rearing)

Cranswick was formed by farmers in the early 1970s to produce pig feed. In 1988 the Board embarked on a strategy to broaden the base of the 

Group’s activities. Opportunities were sought to develop into related areas that added value to the Group’s processes. Activities have since been 

extended from this agricultural base into the food sector. See our strategy for future growth on page 8.

OUR PRODUCT CATEGORIES

Today, the business is focused 

predominantly on the supply of fresh 

and processed food to the UK food 

retail, food manufacturing and food 

service categories.

Fresh and 
Added Value 
Pork

Sausages 
and Burgers

Traditional  
Air-Dried Bacon  
and Gammon

Cooked Meats 
and Charcuterie

Premium 
Sandwiches

Handmade  
Pastry

Read more about category 
performance on pages 16 and 17

OUR LOCATIONS

1

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

1

1
7

2

2
8

1

1

3

3
9

2

2

3

3

4

1

5

2

4

5

6

3

1

2
3
5
4
10 11 12

6

4

5

7

4

7

4

6

6

7

7

8

5

8

5

7

8

9

10 11 12

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

1

1

2

2

1
3
1
3

2
4
2
4

3
5
3
5

4
6
4
6

5
7
5
7

6
8
6
8

7
9
7
9

8

8

9

9

2

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

This development has been achieved 

through a combination of acquisitions 

and subsequent organic growth, with 

Cranswick now serving its customers 

from twelve production facilities across 

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

9

9

1

1

1

9

6

9

6

2

4

2

5

4
3
2
1
6
3
5
4
2
1
6
3
7
6
5
4
3
2
PIG PRODUCTION 
4
1
3
2
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
6
HEARTLAND
7
6
5
4
3
2
8
9
10 11 12
9
10 11 12
9

7
10 11 12
7
10 11 12

9

8

5

4

10 11 12

10 11 12

7

7

5
7
8
5
7
8

8

8

6
8
9
6
8
9

9

9

10 11 12

10 11 12

7
9
8
9
10 11 12
9
8
7
9
10 11 12

10 11 12

10 11 12

10 11 12

10 11 12

10 11 12

10 11 12

3
2
10 11 12

1

3
2
10 11 12

1

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

9
8
10 11 12
9
8
10 11 12

10 11 12

10 11 12

8

9

10 11 12

10 11 12

8

9
PIG PRODUCTION 
HEARTLAND

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2
1

3
2

4
3

2
1

4
3

2
1

3
2

5
4

2
1

3
2

GOURMET PASTRY Malton
TRADITIONAL BACON Sherburn
FRESH PORK Hull
Cooked meats Hull
GOURMET SAUSAGE Hull
COOKED MEATS Barnsley
CONTINENTALS Manchester
FOODSERVICE Denbigh
SANDWICHES Atherstone
FRESH PORK & SAUSAGES Norfolk
COOKED MEATS Milton Keynes
COOKED MEATS Milton Keynes

3
2

6
5

8
7

5
4

7
6

9
8

4
3

2
1

3
2

3
2

6
5

6
5

2
1

3
2

8
7

6
5

2
1

8
7

4
3

7
6

9
8

2
1

5
4

4
3

5
4

3
2

5
4

7
6

9
8

7
6

3
2

6
5

4
3

5
4

4
3

6
5

2
1

7
6

8
7

4
3

5
4

2
1

1

1

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

6

7
6

8
7

9
8

7

8
7

9
8

8

9
8

9

10 11 12

10 11 12
9

10 11 12

10 11 12
9

10 11 12

10 11 12
9

10 11 12

10 11 12
9

10 11 12

6
5

7
6

8
7

9
8

the UK.
3
4
5

5
4

6
5

7
6

8
7

9
8

4
3

5
4

6
5

7
6

8
7

9
8

2

3
2

4
3

5
4

6
5

7
6

8
7

9
8

1

2
1

3
2

4
3

5
4

6
5

7
6

8
7

9
8

10 11 12
9

10 11 12

10 11 12
9

10 11 12

10 11 12
9

10 11 12

10 11 12
9

10 11 12

10 11 12
9

10 11 12

10 11 12
9

10 11 12

10 11 12
9

10 11 12

10 11 12

For more information on our 
business model see page 9

 
 
 
 
OUR SUPPLY CHAIN MODEL

Cranswick British 
Owned Farms

Cranswick Primary  
Processing Pork

SAUSAGE

d
e
s
a
b
d
e
t
r
o
p
s
n
a
r
T

y
t
i
l

a
c
o

l

n
o

British  
Contracts

European
Meat Imports

OUR BRANDS

l

a
n
r
e
t
n

I

r
e
f
s
n
a
r
t

BACON

COOKED 
MEATS

CUSTOMER
Other 
Manufacturers
& Export

Consolidation or 
direct delivery to 
customer

CUSTOMER
Retail
Foodservice
Export

Premium British 
sausages developed 
from the original 
recipes from Martin 
Heap.  
A flavour explosion 
with a belief that 
great taste  
comes from  
passion and  
imagination.

A selection of artisan 
British charcuterie 
hams, sausages 
& traditional 
cured bacon 
developed 
by the eighth 
generation of 
the Woodall 
family.

Luxury handmade 
pastry made with 
premium British 
ingredients and all 
butter puff pastry. 
All recipes and 
processes  
are based on  
local baking  
hero,  
Gill  
Ridgard.

Authentic Mediterranean 
flavours on the go 
delivered through a 
selection of premium 
continental antipasti  
and charcuterie  
sourced by our 
Italian  
connoisseur  
Vaz Frigerio.

FOOD SAFETY AND SUSTAINABILITY

83 the number of Consecutive Grade As issued to 

Cranswick by the British Retail Consortium

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Our primary processing sites are located 

in the two key eastern pig production 

hubs. This results in reduced pig and 

inter-site transport times. The recent 

acquisition of the pig production 

businesses has delivered further supply 

chain security and transparency.

We process up to 40,000 British pigs 

each week and 45 per cent of these are 

higher welfare.

40,000

pigs processed/week

45%

of which are outdoor reared & 
freedom foods accredited

Cranswick has a portfolio of 

aspirational super premium food 

brands. These are differentiated 

through product story, format, British 

& Mediterranean heritage and product 

quality. All our brands aim to capture 

the imagination of premium shoppers 

looking for new food experiences and 

exceptional taste.

All twelve UK sites are BRC Grade A 

approved and certain sites are

Freedom Foods approved to comply 

with higher welfare standards. All 

primary and added value meat 

processing sites have Soil Association 

approval. All meat manufacturing 

sites are covered by the Red Tractor 

scheme. The Hull fresh pork operation 

is USDA approved and both primary 

processing facilities are Chinese export 
approved. All sites are also regularly 

audited by our retail customers.

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

3

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
CHAIRMAN’s STATEMENT

Martin Davey - Chairman

This has been a positive, albeit challenging, year for Cranswick. The business has had 
to contend with record input prices, the impact on its customer base of the changing 
dynamics of UK food retailing and an environment where the consumer has been 
subject to ongoing financial constraints.

For the business to have continued to maintain its progress against this backdrop is 
no mean achievement. Strong growth in both total and underlying sales was recorded 
and this reflected market share gains along with further growth in those categories in 
which the Group is positioned in the UK market. Market growth was particularly strong 
in the “super premium” categories as seen with both sausage and bacon. Export sales 
continued to grow and this achievement was recently recognised by the industry with 
Cranswick being named “Exporter of the Year”.

Results
Total sales, which include a small amount of third party sales from the 
pig breeding and rearing activities acquired in the year, of £995 million 
were 14 per cent ahead of the previous year and included particularly 
significant increases in fresh pork, bacon and cooked meats. 
Underlying sales increased by 12 per cent. Adjusted operating profit 
rose to £53.3 million although operating margins were slightly below 
those of the previous year on account of the increase in input prices.

Reported profit before taxation was £54.8 million and earnings per 
share were 88.7 pence. Excluding the net IAS 41 valuation movement 
on the pig herd in the current financial year and non-recurring items 
in both the current and prior financial years, adjusted profit before 
taxation was £52.2 million, an increase of 6.3 per cent on that achieved 
previously. Earnings per share on the same basis (after tax) rose  
6.9 per cent to 84.1 pence.

The borrowings of the business are conservatively structured and 
the Company has recently extended its banking facility through to 
July 2018. This £120 million unsecured facility provides generous 
headroom going forward. Net finance costs were covered 54 times by 
Group operating profit, in line with the previous year. Operating cash 
flow in the period was particularly strong, notwithstanding the  
£27.7 million investment in the Group’s asset base and £14.4 million 
spent on acquisitions. Net debt at the end of the year stood at £17.0 
million compared to £20.1 million a year earlier.

Strategic investments
During the year the Company invested in pig breeding and pig rearing 
activities. These operate under Wayland Farms and Wold Farms and 
together supply 15 to 20 per cent of the Company’s weekly British 
pig requirements. This strategic development enhances Cranswick’s 
commitment to, and gives greater control over, a robust and integrated 
supply chain with a clear focus on premium British ingredients. In 
addition, it has helped offset some of the impact of the rise in  
input prices.

Further investment in new product categories came with the 
commissioning of the Yorkshire Baker pastry facility in Malton, North 
Yorkshire. The site produces a range of premium pastry products 
including pies, sausage rolls and quiches and was operational from 
summer last year. Commissioning costs and the challenges of a  
start-up have been absorbed whilst growing the sales and developing 
the range in partnership with the customer base.

Other investments in the year added capacity and improved operating 
efficiencies enabling the Company to absorb some of the supply  
chain inflation.

Dividend
The Board is proposing to increase the final dividend to 22 pence 
per share, an increase of 6.8 per cent from last year. Together with 
the interim dividend, which was raised 6.4 per cent to 10 pence per 
share; this makes a total dividend for the year of 32 pence per share. 
This is an increase of 6.7 per cent on the 30 pence per share paid 
last year. The final dividend, if approved by Shareholders, will be paid 
on 5 September 2014 to Shareholders on the register at the close 
of business on 4 July 2014. Shares will go ex-dividend on 2 July 2014. 
Shareholders will again have the option to receive the dividend by way 
of scrip issue.

Board
Bernard Hoggarth, who stood down from the position of Chief 
Executive in 2012 and has continued as a Director since then on a 
part-time basis, intends to retire from the Board at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting. Bernard has been with Cranswick for 36 
years and has made an enormous contribution to the development 
of the Company. Over this period the business has evolved from an 
East Yorkshire supplier of animal feed into one of the UK’s leading food 
producers. His involvement over the years has embraced at different 
times animal feed sales, pig rearing and marketing along with the 
development into food production. This period has seen Cranswick 
progress from being a farmer-owned regional business into a listing 
on the London Stock Exchange and a member of the FTSE250. I 
have worked with Bernard for almost 30 of those years and express 
the appreciation of the Board and my own personal thanks for his 
immense contribution and for being a great colleague throughout  
that time.

John Worby will also be standing down from the Board at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting. John has served as a  
Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee since 
2005 and this year will have completed nine years as a Director, at 
which time, under corporate governance guidelines, he will no longer 
be deemed independent. John’s experience and contribution to 
discussions have been of enormous value in the development of the 
business and, on behalf of the Board, I extend our sincere thanks and 
wish him well for the future.

4

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
Mark Reckitt joined the Board as a Non-Executive Director in  
May 2014 and will take over as Chairman of the Audit Committee at 
the conclusion of the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. He retired 
from his position as Group Strategy Director at Smiths Group plc in 
April 2014. Prior to joining Smiths Group in 2011 Mark had 20 years 
with Cadbury plc in roles embracing finance and strategy. He is also a 
Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee  
at JD Wetherspoon plc.

In addition to the Board changes outlined above Kate Allum joined 
the Company as a Non-Executive Director in July 2013, as previously 
reported to Shareholders. Kate’s experience of international food 
markets has broadened the expertise and experience within the Board.

Corporate governance
The Board is mindful of the requirements of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and embraces this as part of its culture. A statement 
relating to compliance with the Code is included within the Corporate 
Governance Statement on page 34. Recent developments have 
included the external evaluation of the Board and its procedures, 
undertaken in 2013, which reported positively and the improved 
gender diversity within the Board.

been the focus of attention for some years under a dedicated project 
team. Significant progress has been made in a number of areas 
including waste, water, energy, packaging and carbon footprint and 
this was highlighted recently with the Group winning the industry’s 
“Environmental Initiative of the Year” award for 2014. Further details 
are included within the Corporate Social Responsibility section on 
pages 24 to 31 and the Awards section on page 7.

Staff
The continued successful development of the business over the 
past year would not have been achieved without the hard work, 
determination and expertise of all staff at the Company and on 
behalf of the Board I extend sincere appreciation and thanks for their 
contribution.

Outlook
The past year has seen another positive performance from the 
Company. The Board looks forward to the challenges and opportunities 
that lie ahead as it pursues Cranswick’s continued successful long-term 
development.

Environmental initiatives
Managing and reducing the impact that the business has on the 
environment is an integral part of the Company’s activities and has 

Martin Davey 
Chairman

19 May 2014

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

5

 
 
 
 
OUR TRACK RECORD

Adjusted profit before tax and revenue £m

T
B
P
d
e
t
s
u

j

d
A

60.0

50.0

40.0

30.0

20.0

10.0

0.0

Adjusted PBT

Revenue

1,200.0

52.2

49.1

1,000.0

47.3

45.6

43.8

34.7

32.7 33.0

31.1

21.2 21.6

19.8

17.5

11.7

9.3

7.1

1.4

1.7

0.9

2.2

2.3

3.0

3.1

5.0

4.0

‘90

‘91

‘92

‘93

‘94

‘95

‘96

‘97

‘98

‘99

‘00

‘01

‘02

‘03

‘04

‘05

‘06

‘07

‘08

‘09

‘10

‘11

‘12

‘13

‘14

800.0

600.0

R
e
v
e
n
u
e

400.0

200.0

0.0

Dividend per share p

35.0

30.0

25.0

20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0.0

8.3

7.5

6.8

5.8

5.1

3.8

4.0

4.1

4.3

4.6

3.3

2.8

32.0

30.0

28.5

27.5

25.0

21.7

19.9

18.1

16.5

14.5

13.2

12.0

10.8

‘90

‘91

‘92

‘93

‘94

‘95

‘96

‘97

‘98

‘99

‘00

‘01

‘02

‘03

‘04

‘05

‘06

‘07

‘08

‘09

‘10

‘11

‘12

‘13

‘14

6

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
AWARDS

Working closely with its customers, the Group has maintained focus on service, quality and innovation throughout the year and 
continues to deliver exciting, competitively priced products for the UK consumer. This work, along with the Group’s strong export 
growth and focus on a number of successful environmental initiatives, has received industry recognition through the following 
recent awards:

Cranswick wins 
"Manufacturer of  
the Year" award at  
the Meat Management 
Industry Awards 2013

Cranswick wins “Export 
Initiative of the Year” and 
“Environmental Initiative 
of the Year” awards at the 
Meat & Poultry Processing 
Awards 2014

Chris Aldersley receiving the "Export 

Mark Goddard receiving the 

Initiative of the Year" award.

"Environmental Initiative of the 

For a full list of our awards, please see our  
website at www.cranswick.co.uk

Year" award.

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

7

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
OUR STRATEGY AND BUSINESS MODEL

Our strategy
Our overall strategic aim is to create long-term value for our Shareholders, customers and other stakeholders. We will do this by focusing primarily 

on the growing quality end of the markets in which we operate and by establishing meaningful and long-lasting relationships with our major 

customers. This will be achieved through a combination of product development and high service levels. We will continue to invest in quality 

facilities and the latest equipment so that we operate as efficiently as possible and to provide a safe and secure working environment for our 

employees. 

Our long-term growth strategy is focused on consolidating existing market positions, developing new products channels in our core UK food 

market and growing our international operations and customer base. Growth will continue to be driven by organic initiatives and targeted 

acquisitions.

Our objective

To be a leading supplier of premium, fresh and added-value food products with a focus on operational effi  ciency 
and delivering innovative quality products to our customers

Our growth strategy

Our growth strategy is underpinned by six coordinated, creative and sustainable strategic priorities:

ORGANIC INITIATIVES 
AND TARGETED 
ACQUISITIONS

UK CONSOLIDATION
Penetrating more customers 
and more categories

UK DIVERSIFICATION
Developing new products

INTERNATIONAL
Growing our international 
operations and customer base

1

2

3

4

5

6

MARKET PENETRATION Gain market share in existing categories/tiers; 
move into adjacent tiers; add new customers; develop adjacent categories

INNOVATION Develop new and innovative products that give our 
customers a real point of diff erence 

CHANNEL DEVELOPMENT Sell products through multiple channels: retail, 
food-service, manufacturing, wholesale, convenience, food on the move and online

SUPPLY CHAIN Ensure a robust supply chain with focus on security, integrity, 
integration, diff erentiation, alignment and low cost sourcing

BRANDS Develop new and existing brands to further diff erentiate 
our premium tier products

INTERNATIONAL Grow European and worldwide markets for traded, 
primary, added-value and branded products

The markets in which we operate are competitive both in terms of pricing from fellow suppliers and the retail environment in general. The UK food 

retail market is known to be amongst the most competitive in the world. Despite this, Cranswick has a long record of increasing sales and profits 

through a combination of investing in modern efficient factories, developing a range of quality products and making value-added acquisitions.

Implementing Cranswick’s strategy is assessed through a number of financial and non-financial KPIs summarised on pages 10 and 11. 

Performance in the year under review and objectives for 2014        –15 are discussed in more detail on pages 16 to 18. The principal risks and 

uncertainties, which might impact achievement of the Group’s strategic objectives and mitigating actions, are set out on pages 12 to 14.

8

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Our business model
Our business model is centred on our four key values: Quality, Value, Innovation and People. These values are supported by a robust operational 

framework, as shown below:

Our four key values
1 QUALITY
Continued focus on taste, heritage 
and authenticity, whilst maintaining 
the highest level of customer service

2  VALUE
Improving operational effi  ciency and 
maximising returns on investment

3 INNOVATION
Delivering innovative quality products 
to our customers

4 PEOPLE
Empowered, dedicated and enthusiastic 
people with a shared vision operating 
in a safe and secure workplace

ROCU RE M E N

T

U NIQUE
P R OCESSES

D CLASS
CILITIES

L
R
O
W

A
F

E P
L
SIB
N
O
P
S
E
R

Y
T
I
L
I
B
A
N

I

A
T

S

U

S

I

N

V

T

E

T

E

E

R

C

G

T

H

N

I

R

C

A

A

T

I

L

O

N

I N

F

R A S TRUCTU
2
1
4
3
ICAL & A G R I

C

U

R

E

C

H

E

A

A

P

A

D

C

R

I

O

T

O

Y

M

E
R

L T U

Y
LIT
S
U
A
C
U
FO

Q

L

O

C

A

L

S

O

U

R

C

I

N

G

S

U

S

T
A

I

N
A
B
I
L
I
T
Y

HIGH WEL F A R E
STANDA R D S

ENVIRONMENTAL I N I T I A T I V E

S

Cranswick’s operations are focused on the production and supply of food products. We operate entirely in the UK, although a small but increasing 

proportion of sales are exported. We produce a range of high quality, predominantly fresh products including fresh pork, sausages, bacon and 

cooked meats for sale to the high street food retailers. We also supply a range of pre-sliced, pre-packaged charcuterie products for sale to these 

same customers, together with a range of pre-packed sandwiches predominantly for food service outlets. More recently the Group has launched 

a range of artisan pastry products to a number of its retail customers from its new, purpose-built facility in Malton, North Yorkshire. 

The Group operates from twelve highly efficient well invested food production facilities across the UK. Continued investment ensures that these 

facilities have sufficient capacity headroom to meet Cranswick’s growth aspirations, that they operate as efficiently as possible and that they 

provide a safe and secure working environment for the Group’s workforce.

Supply chain security and integrity is a crucial component of our business model. Robust technical and traceability systems ensure that our 

products are responsibly and sustainably sourced from suppliers whose values are aligned to our own.

We also own our own pig breeding and rearing operations which are capable of supplying 15 to 20 per cent of our British pig requirements.  

This gives us even greater supply chain transparency, security and efficiency. For further information on our supply chain model, see page 3.

The business is under the control of stable, experienced and talented operational management teams supported by a skilled workforce. We offer 

training and specialist support where needed to ensure that our people feel empowered, dedicated and enthusiastic with a shared vision for the 

long-term success and development of our business. 

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

9

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
OUR KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

The Board has assessed that the following financial KPIs are the most effective measure of progress towards the 
Group’s strategic objectives:

Key Performance Indicator

Definition

Comments

Underlying revenue growth %
12.0%

10.3

12.0

Underlying sales growth is defined as the 

Total accident ratio per 1,000 employees
9.8 per 1,000

12.5

12.3
excluding the impact of acquisitions

year on year increase in sales revenue 

Underlying revenue grew by 12.0 per cent in 

the year following new business wins in fresh 

pork, strong growth in the bacon and cooked 

9.8

meats categories and continued development 

5.3

of the premium pastry category.

2012

2013

2014

2012

2013

2014

Adjusted gross margin %
12.0%

12.4

12.2

12.0

Gross margin is defined as adjusted gross 

The 0.2 per cent year on year decline in gross 

profit as a percentage of sales revenue

margin reflects the time lag in recovering 

RIDDOR accident ratio per 1,000 employees
0.9 per 1,000

1.9

1.6

higher input costs in the first half of the year, 

2012

2013

2014

2012

2013

2014

partly offset by ongoing improvements in 

operating efficiencies.

0.9

Adjusted group operating margin %
5.4%

5.7

5.7

5.4

2012

2013

2014

Group operating margin is defined as 

Group operating margin declined by  

adjusted Group operating profit as a 

0.3 per cent reflecting the time lag in 

percentage of sales revenue

recovering higher input costs in the first 

half of the year and start-up costs at the 

new pastry facility, partly offset by ongoing 

improvements in operating efficiencies and 

the positive contribution from acquisitions.

Free cash flow £m
£59.1m

43.4

Free cash flow is defined as the level of cash 

Free cash flow increased by £10.1 million 

generated from operations less tax and net 

compared to the prior year driven by a  

59.1

49.0

interest payable

6 per cent increase in Group operating profit 

and a £2 million reduction in net working 

capital compared to a £5 million outflow in 

2013.

2012

2013

2014

Return on capital employed %
16.8%

16.7

17.2

Return on capital employed is defined as 

Return on capital employed fell slightly as the 

16.8

adjusted operating profit divided by the 

Group continues to invest in its asset base 

sum of the average of opening and closing 

to provide additional capacity to drive future 

net assets, net debt, pension liabilities and 

long-term growth.

deferred tax

2012

2013

2014

10

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

The Board has assessed that the following non-financial KPIs are the most effective measure of progress towards 
the Group’s strategic objectives:

Key Performance Indicator

Definition

Comments

Underlying revenue growth %

12.0%

10.3

12.0

5.3

Adjusted gross margin %

12.0%

12.4

12.2

12.0

Adjusted group operating margin %

5.4%

5.7

5.7

5.4

2012

2013

2014

Free cash flow £m

£59.1m

59.1

43.4

49.0

2012

2013

2014

Return on capital employed %

16.8%

16.7

17.2

16.8

2012

2013

2014

Total accident ratio per 1,000 employees
9.8 per 1,000

12.3

12.5

9.8

2012

2013

2014

2012

2013

2014

RIDDOR accident ratio per 1,000 employees
0.9 per 1,000

1.9

1.6

Total accident ratio is the total number of 

Total accidents per 1,000 employees fell by 

recorded accidents per 1,000 employees

22 per cent year on year. The reduction is 

attributable to an ongoing focus on improving 

working environments and health and safety 

management across the Group.

The RIDDOR accident ratio is the number of 

RIDDOR accidents per 1,000 employees fell 

accidents reportable to the Health and Safety 

by 47 per cent year on year. The reduction is 

Executive per 1,000 employees

attributable to an ongoing focus on improving 

0.9

working environments and health and safety 

management across the Group.

2012

2013

2014

2012

2013

2014

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

11

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
RISK MANAGEMENT AND PRINCIPAL RISKS

As a leading UK food producer, the Group faces a variety of risks and uncertainties. Operating in a highly competitive industry, it is 

critical that the Group identifies, assesses and prioritises its risks. This, along with the development of appropriate mitigating actions, 

enables the Group to achieve its strategic objectives and protect its reputation. 

The Group has a formal risk management process in place, which is embedded within the business to support the identification and effective 

management of risks across the Group. It is regularly reviewed and updated for changes within the Group, industry and wider economy.

Risk management model

O R I N G

N I T

O

RISK M

RISK IDE

N

TIF
I
C

BOARD

AUDIT 
COMMITTEE

GROUP RISK 
COMMITTEE

OPERATIONAL MANAGEMENT

R

I
S
K

M

I

T

I

G

A

T

I

O

N

RISK PRIORITI S A T I O N

A

T

I

O

N

R
I
S
K
 A
S
S
E
S
S

MENT

BOARD ”Responsible for the Group’s system of risk  
management and internal control and for setting the Group’s 
overall risk appetite“

AUDIT COMMITTEE “Reviews the systems of internal control 
that are in place and provides assurance to the Board that 
the processes of risk management and internal control are 
operating eff ectively“

GROUP RISK COMMITTEE “Provides oversight and advice to 
the Audit Committee and Board in relation to current and future 
risk exposures and future risk strategies“ 

OPERATIONAL MANAGEMENT “Operate site level risk 
management processes to ensure that risks remain adequately 
identifi ed, analysed and controlled“

Risk management framework 
The Board is responsible for the identification and effective 

Risk monitoring process
The Board formally reviews the Group risk register on an annual 

management of risks across the Group and relies on the Group Risk 

basis. The Group Risk Committee is responsible for highlighting to the 

Committee to oversee the Group’s risk management processes. 

Board and to the Audit Committee any key changes to the Group’s 

The Internal Audit function provides independent assurance to 

risk register during the intervening periods. For 2013–14 the risks 

management and the Audit Committee keeps under review the 

facing the Group are broadly consistent with the previous year, with 

effectiveness of mechanisms put in place to mitigate risks. This process 

no significant changes in risk profiles. However, as reported at the half 

specifically recognises the close relationship between Internal Audit 

year, following the investment in pig breeding and rearing activities the 

and risk management. The Audit Committee obtains assurance that 

Group now faces risks associated with this activity.

the processes of risk management and internal control are adequate. 

Further details are set out in the Corporate Governance Report on 

page 37.

Group risk register
A Group risk register is in place which is generated from site risk 

Internal audit plan
The internal audit plan is principally driven by the Group’s risk 

management framework. During the year Internal Audit reviews 

the auditable elements of these risks and informs operational 

management and the Audit Committee of any required  

registers owned by operational management who individually set 

corrective actions. 

out the risks, likelihood of occurrence, consequences of impact and 

mitigating actions for their respective area of responsibility. Identified 

The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group are summarised 

risks which have a significant impact on the Group as a whole are 

on the following pages. However, this is not intended to be an 

escalated to the Group risk register and are captured according to 
standard internal classifications (strategic, commercial, financial and 

operational risks).

exhaustive analysis of all risks currently facing the Group. 

12

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
Risk area

Description of risk

How we manage it

Strategic risks

Consumer demand

Deterioration in the economy may adversely affect the 

The business offers a range of products across 

activity levels of consumers and the Group’s immediate 

premium, standard and value tiers which it is able to 

customers, leading to a fall in demand for the Group’s 

flex in response to customer and market demands. Pork 

products and ultimately lower profitability and cash flow.

remains an extremely competitively priced and  

sought-after product.

Competitor activity

The Group trades in highly competitive markets which 

The Group manages the risk of operating in a 

tend to operate without long-term contracts. Product 

competitive sector by developing and maintaining strong 

innovation and changing consumer trends provide a 

customer relationships. This process is supported by 

constant challenge to the future success of the Group 

delivering high levels of service and quality, and by the 

and its ability to compete effectively.

continued focus on product development and technical 

innovation.

Commercial risks

Reliance on key 

A significant proportion of the Group’s revenues are 

The Group’s commercial teams continually look for 

customers

generated from a small number of major grocery retail 

opportunities to expand the customer base across 

customers. Loss of all or part of the Group’s business 

all product categories and work closely with key 

with one or more of these customers would adversely 

customers to ensure service, quality and new product 

impact on the Group’s financial performance.

developments are of the highest standard.

Pricing and availability  

The major exposure the Group has to pricing and 

The Group has a trusted, long-standing farming supply 

of raw materials

availability of raw materials is in relation to pig meat. An 

base, and the acquisition of Wayland Farms and the 

increase in raw material input costs, pig feed prices or a 

recent formation of Wold Farms have also helped to 

lack of availability of pig meat would adversely impact on 

mitigate the risks associated with pig price fluctuations 

the Group’s profitability.

and raw material supply. In addition the Group mitigates 

the risk of raw material price inflation through ongoing 

pricing discussions with its customers and suppliers.

Financial risks

Interest rate, currency, 

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on borrowings 

Interest rate and foreign currency risks are managed 

liquidity and credit risks

and foreign currency risk on purchases particularly 

using effective hedging policies, which are managed 

of charcuterie products from the European Union. In 

by the Group’s Treasury function. Each site has access 

addition the Group needs access to funding for current 

to the Group’s overdraft facility and bank balances are 

business and future growth.

monitored on a daily basis by Group Finance. All term 

debt is arranged centrally and appropriate headroom 

is maintained. Bank facilities were renewed prior to the 

year end through to July 2018.

Business acquisitions

Businesses may be acquired based on inaccurate 

Rigorous due diligence reviews are carried out in 

information, unachievable forecasts or without 

advance of any new business acquisition, using internal 

appropriate consideration being given to the terms  

and specialised external resource where required.

of the purchase.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

13

 
 
 
 
RISK MANAGEMENT AND PRINCIPAL RISKS (CONTINUED)

Risk area

Description of risk

How we manage it

Operational risks

Food scares

As a food producer, the Group is subject to the risks of 

The risk of such events is mitigated by ensuring that all 

product and/or raw material contamination and potential 

raw materials are traceable to original source and that 

health related industry wide food scares and issues. Such 

the manufacturing, storage and distribution systems of 

incidents may lead to product recall costs, reputational 

both Group sites and suppliers are continually monitored 

damage and regulatory penalties.

by experienced and well trained site based and Group 

technical teams.

Business continuity

The Group faces the risk of incidents such as major fire, 

Detailed business continuity plans are in place across the 

flood or loss of key utilities, which may result in significant 

Group’s manufacturing sites and appropriate insurance 

and prolonged disruption to its operating facilities 

arrangements are deployed to mitigate any financial loss. 

resulting in loss of sales and reduced profitability.

Potential business disruption is minimised through  

multi-site operations across the Group’s key product lines.

Recruitment and 

The success of the Group is dependent on attracting and 

The Group mitigates the risk associated with the loss 

retention of key staff

retaining high quality senior management and staff.

of key staff through robust succession planning, strong 

recruitment processes, competitive remuneration 

packages and ongoing training and development plans.

Food safety and health 

A breach of food safety or health and safety standards, 

The Group conforms to all relevant food safety and 

and safety

legislation or ethical standards may lead to reputational 

health and safety regulations and adopts industry best 

damage and regulatory penalties including restrictions on 

practice across its production sites and within its supply 

operations, damages or fines.

chain. All sites are subject to frequent audits by internal 

teams, customers and regulatory authorities to ensure 

standards are being adhered to.

Pig herd infection and 

An infection or disease outbreak may result in the loss of 

The Group mitigates against this risk with farming 

disease

livestock, or the inability to move animals freely, impacting 

facilities which have a broad geographical spread to avoid 

on the supply of raw materials into the Group’s abattoirs.

reliance on a single production area. In addition, robust 

vaccination and herd operating procedures mitigate the 

risk of common diseases and infections.

14

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

15

 
 
 
 
OPERATIONAL REVIEW

Adam Couch - Chief Executive

I am pleased to report that the business delivered a robust trading performance during 
the financial year with total revenues ahead by 14 per cent. Underlying revenues, 
which exclude the contribution from acquisitions, increased by 12 per cent, reflecting 
strong growth across most of the Group’s categories, driven by new product launches 
and a broadening customer base. This performance was underpinned by market 
growth in the Group’s core categories and by strong export volumes. Adjusted Group 
operating profit increased by 6 per cent, reflecting strong revenue growth which was 
partly offset by the impact of higher input costs, particularly in the first half of the year. 
The pig rearing and breeding operations, which were acquired during the year, also 
made a positive contribution to the Group’s performance.

Rising input costs
Pig prices increased during the first half of the financial year to reach 

Infrastructure investment
The Group invested £28 million in its infrastructure during the year, 

a new record high in July 2013 and remained at this level through to 

bringing total capital expenditure to more than £130 million over 

the end of the third quarter. This was caused by high feed prices and 

the last five years. This investment is reflected in the quality of the 

demand for high quality British pork. Cranswick managed this input 

Group’s production facilities which are some of the most efficient and 

cost inflation through constructive discussion with its customers, 

well invested in the sectors in which Cranswick operates. Significant 

by delivering ongoing operating efficiency improvements and by 

completed and ongoing projects are highlighted in the individual 

producing pigs internally. Pig prices eased in the fourth quarter of the 

category sections below.

year; however the extent of and time lag in recovering these higher 

input costs, together with higher than anticipated start-up costs at the 

Group’s new gourmet pastry facility in Malton, North Yorkshire, meant 

that adjusted operating margin at 5.4 per cent was slightly lower than 

Category review

the 5.7 per cent reported last year.

Fresh pork (15 per cent)

Despite these price increases the UK consumer continues to 

Fresh pork sales grew by 15 per cent compared to 

appreciate the attractiveness, versatility and low relative pricing of pork 

the same period last year as the Group saw the full 

compared to other meat proteins, particularly beef and lamb. Demand 

year benefit of contract wins in the fourth quarter 

for premium products continued unabated, with premium sausage and 

of the last financial year. Sales were also boosted by 

bacon sales growing well ahead of their overall respective categories.

strong export volumes which increased by 10 per cent compared to 

Acquisition of pig herd
During the year the Group invested heavily in its pig breeding and 

the previous year. In the lead up to Christmas 1,000 tonnes of product 

were being shipped to the Far East each week. The Group is making 

a substantial investment in the Norfolk facility to upgrade the abattoir 

and introduce a new rapid chiller which will increase capacity and 

rearing activities, acquiring East Anglian Pigs (now renamed Wayland 

improve yields in this area of the plant. 

Farms) on 29 April 2013 and then further breeding units in September 

and December 2013 which operate under the Wold Farms banner. 

During the year Cranswick withdrew its support from the price 

Cranswick now has a herd of premium outdoor pigs for use in its 

reporting mechanism that calculates the Deadweight Average Pig Price 

premium range products which can satisfy 15 to 20 per cent of the 

(DAPP). This was based on historic discussions with the British Pig 

Group’s overall British pig requirements. This move supported the 

Executive (BPEX) about the clarity and transparency of the calculation. 

decision by one of the Group’s key retail customers, in August 2013, 

Cranswick will continue to work with BPEX to examine alternative ways 

to move to an all British fresh pork offering. A combination of falling 

in which pricing of pigs may be reported.

feed prices and strong demand for higher welfare British pork helped 

enable Wayland Farms to make a positive contribution to the Group 

In January, the Russian authorities banned the import of European 

post-acquisition. The Group will continue to invest in its pig operations 

pig meat in response to the outbreak of African swine fever in Eastern 

to further improve productivity and efficiencies. The UK market is 
currently only 50 per cent self-sufficient in pig meat, but ongoing 

Poland and Lithuania. Although the UK does not export to Russia, the 
decision has had an impact on both volumes and prices for the UK’s 

investment in the sector should help to make inroads into this shortfall 

trading partners within the eurozone.

in the medium term.

16

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Earlier in the year Porcine Endemic Diarrhoea virus (PEDv) was 

Pastry (138 per cent)

discovered in the US herd. This disease has a significant impact on 

Pastry sales grew strongly, albeit from a low base, to 

mortality of the young pig population. The UK herd has not been 

more than double those of the previous year following 

affected to date but the industry remains vigilant and biosecurity 

the move into the new Malton facility. Start-up costs 

continues to be of paramount importance.

were higher than anticipated as the business focused 

Sausage (2 per cent)

on the successful launch of several new product ranges for the Group’s 

lead retail customer in this category. With costs now running at 

Sausage sales increased by 2 per cent reflecting 

anticipated levels, the focus is now firmly on delivering the anticipated 

continued demand for the Group’s premium sausage 

returns from the £12 million investment. The new product pipeline saw 

ranges. July saw a record sales week for the Lazenby’s 

the launch of a range of hand lined quiches for the summer season 

facility for a non-Christmas period. The premium 

followed by a premium savoury pie range in the autumn. A further 19 

sausage category continues its impressive resilience of recent years as 

new products will be launched in the current financial year, with new 

consumers recognise the quality proposition that high end products 

customers, both retail and food-service, being targeted.

offer. However, sausage sales to the lead customer at the Norfolk 

site were lower year on year and as a result the decision was taken 

Continental (3 per cent)

to consolidate sausage production at the Group’s principal sausage 

Sales of Continental products were up 3 per cent on 

facility in Hull. With much of the equipment also transferred, the costs 

the previous year. This performance was particularly 

associated with this reorganisation were kept to a minimum. Sales of 

pleasing given that sales were 16 per cent lower in the 

premium beef burgers, which are produced using the same artisan 
skills developed for Cranswick’s gourmet sausages, also performed 

first quarter following the loss of business with one of 

the Group’s retail customers which continued its strategy of moving to 

well during the strong summer barbecue season, with sales ahead 

in-house sourcing. Several new product launches and the addition of 

by 24 per cent compared to the prior year. A third burger production 

new retail contracts helped this category return to growth. A renewed 

line has now been commissioned to meet increased demand in the 

focus on sourcing new artisan products from Continental Europe and 

forthcoming summer season. 

further development of the customer profile will drive ongoing growth 

Bacon (14 per cent)

in this category. 

Bacon sales were 14 per cent higher than the previous 

Sandwiches (5 per cent)

period. Sales of premium bacon continue to grow 

Sandwich sales were 5 per cent lower following a 

strongly as the UK consumer trades up from the 

decision to rationalise the core product range and 

standard tier category. The introduction of speciality 

develop a more focused customer strategy. These 

cures and smoked products supported this growth along with ongoing 

initiatives have been driven by a new management 

development of ready to cook ranges which are now also being 

team which has brought a new focus to improving operating 

produced across the fresh pork and sausage categories. Seasonal 

efficiencies and raw material sourcing. This has seen the business 

gammon steaks and joints also performed extremely well over the 

perform strongly during the year. The new management team has 

key Christmas trading period. The unique artisan production methods 

targeted margin enhancing sustainable contracts. It is pleasing to 

developed at the Sherburn site continue to support the wider Group 

report that despite losing one large contract during the year and a 

in offering unrivalled product quality. This is demonstrated through 

second effective from the end of quarter one of the new financial year, 

collaboration with the Barnsley cooked meats facility in producing 

profitable long-term new contract wins will fully mitigate these losses. 

premium air-dried cooked meat products and through the use of air 

The introduction of new product lines including the “&Made” brand 

dried streaky bacon in Christmas sausage products.

has had a significant beneficial impact. There is a real opportunity to 

Cooked meats (16 per cent)

give food-service customers a wider offering using selected products 

from the Group’s broad category base and in particular the new 

Cooked meats sales increased 16 per cent year on 

pastry ranges. 25 per cent of all breakfast menus include bacon. The 

year. Demand for premium air-dried hams helped 

business is therefore ideally placed to satisfy food-service customer 

drive this growth along with strong promotional 

requirements in this area. Also, given the consolidation that has taken 

activity, particularly in the fourth quarter of the 

place in the UK sandwich category in the last two years, the business 

financial year. Investment to extend the Milton Keynes facility is 

is confident that there will be opportunities to develop a stronger 

progressing to plan and budget. This project which is due to be 

presence in the retail sector. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

completed in the second quarter of the new financial year will 

substantially increase capacity, deliver significant efficiency gains and 

further improvements in product quality through the use of advanced 

cooking and slicing technology. 

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

17

 
 
 
 
OPERATIONAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)

Summary and outlook
Cranswick’s growth continues to be underpinned by the quality of 

its products which deliver real value to, and great food experiences 

for, the UK consumer. The business operates from highly efficient 

and well invested facilities with empowered management teams 

working collaboratively and sustainably with the Group’s customers 

and suppliers. The Group’s future growth strategy will focus on 

consolidating its position in UK markets, developing new channels  

both in pork and other proteins and continuing to grow its 

international presence.

The Group remains highly cash generative. This allows it to make 

attractive returns to Shareholders, to continue to invest in its 

infrastructure to build capacity, drive further operational efficiencies 

and to pursue earnings-enhancing strategic acquisitions.

The successful development of Cranswick is testament to the skill, 

quality and determination of the teams across each of the Group’s 

businesses and I would like to express my thanks for their dedication 

and support over the last twelve months.

With experienced management at all levels, a strong range of products, 

a well invested asset base and a robust financial position, the Group is 

well placed to continue its long-term growth strategy.

Adam Couch
Chief Executive

19 May 2014

18

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

19

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REVIEW

Mark Bottomley - Finance Director

The Group is presenting its financial information for the year ended 31 March 2014 
with comparative information for the year ended 31 March 2013, restated for the 
impact of IAS 19 (Revised).

Revenue
Revenue increased by 13.7 per cent from £875.2 million to  

Adjusted profit before tax (i)
Adjusted profit before tax was 6.3 per cent higher at £52.2 million 

£994.9 million. Adjusting for the contributions from Kingston Foods 

(2013: £49.1 million).

Limited which was acquired on 29 June 2012 and Wayland Farms which 

was acquired on 29 April 2013, underlying sales increased by 12.0 per 

cent. Sales increased across all product categories with the exception 

Taxation
The tax charge as a percentage of profit before taxation was  

of Sandwiches, where the customer base and product range have 

21.1 per cent (2013: 23.6 per cent). The standard rate of UK 

been rationalised. This has helped to drive a significantly improved 

corporation tax was 23 per cent for 2014 and 24 per cent for 2013. The 

trading result within this category. Fresh Pork, Cooked Meats, Bacon 

charge for the current year benefited from a £1.0 million (2013: £0.3 

and Pastry grew very strongly as a result of increased market share and 

million) deferred tax credit following a 2 per cent enacted reduction in 

new product development. Again, there was a growing contribution to 
revenues from the Group’s export business.

the UK corporation tax rate from April 2014 and a further 1 per cent 
reduction from April 2015 (2013: 1 per cent reduction from April 2013). 

Adjusted Group operating profit (i)
Adjusted Group operating profit increased by 6.4 per cent to  

In addition the £1.1 million contingent consideration provision release 

was not chargeable to tax.

£53.3 million (2013: £50.0 million). Adjusted Group operating margin 

at 5.4 per cent of sales was lower than the 5.7 per cent reported for 

Adjusted earnings per share (i)
Adjusted earnings per share increased by 6.9 per cent from  

the last financial year. The lower operating margin in the year reflected 

78.7 pence to 84.1 pence, reflecting an increase in underlying 

substantially higher input costs compared to those of the prior year 

profitability. The weighted average number of shares in issue during 

and start-up costs at the new gourmet pastry facility at Malton, North 

the year was 48,734,000 (2013: 48,257,000).

Yorkshire, which was commissioned during the year. It was partly offset 

by strong revenue growth, operational efficiencies and the positive 

contribution from Wayland Farms in the eleven months following 

Acquisitions
On 29 April 2013 the Group acquired 100 per cent of the issued share 

acquisition. Raw material price inflation mainly impacted the first half 

capital of East Anglian Pigs Limited (now renamed Wayland Farms 

of the year, with operating margin falling to 4.9 per cent. In the second 

Limited) for a net cash consideration of £10.9 million. Wayland Farms 

half the margin recovered strongly to 5.8 per cent as raw material 

made a positive contribution to Cranswick’s activities during the period. 

prices dropped back.

On 13 September 2013 and 19 December 2013 the Group made 

further investment in its pig rearing and breeding activities by acquiring 

Finance costs
Net finance costs of £1.0 million (2013: £0.9 million) were marginally 

certain trade, assets and livestock from Dent Limited for  

£2.0 million, and from the administrators of Dent Limited for £1.5 

higher than the previous year. This reflects slightly higher average 

million, respectively. Further details of these transactions are set out in 

borrowings during the year as a result of acquisitions and continued 

note 14.

capital investment largely offset by strong cash generation. Interest 

cover strengthened from 53.5 times to 54.4 times.

The pig herd was valued on initial recognition at £13.1 million and at  

31 March 2014 at £14.7 million in accordance with the provisions of  

On 27 March 2014, the Group successfully extended its banking 

IAS 41 Biological Assets which requires livestock to be valued at fair 

facilities. The new facility, which is on improved terms, runs to  

value rather than historic cost. The valuation gain between initial 

July 2018 and comprises a revolving credit facility of £120 million, 

recognition and the year end of £1.4 million has been disclosed 

including a committed overdraft of £20 million. In addition, it includes 

separately on the face of the income statement.

an accordion feature which allows the Group to drawdown a further 

£30 million on the same terms at any point during the life of the facility. 

This unsecured facility provides generous headroom going forward.

Note (i) Adjusted profit measures
Following the investment in pig breeding and rearing activities during the period as referred to in more detail above, the Group now monitors 
performance principally through the adjusted profit measures which exclude certain non-cash items including the net IAS 41 valuation credit 
of £1.4 million on biological assets and the release of the £1.1 million provision for contingent consideration payable to the previous owners of 
Kingston Foods which reflects the Directors’ current expectations of the anticipated performance of the business over the three year period from 
acquisition. The statutory results, including these items, show a 15.8 per cent increase in profit before tax to £54.8 million (2013: £47.3 million), a 
15.7 per cent increase in Group operating profit to £55.8 million (2013: £48.2 million) and an 18.4 per cent increase in earnings per share to 88.7 
pence (2013: 74.9 pence).

20

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Cash flow and net debt
The Group continues to deliver strong operational cash flows. Cash 

generated from operating activities was £60.1 million  

During the year the triennial valuation of the scheme was completed. 

Following a review of the valuation the Group’s Directors agreed a 

(2013: £49.8 million). The increase compared to the previous year 

new contribution schedule with the Trustees of the scheme to further 

reflects increased Group operating profits and a reduction in working 

reduce the deficit. Over the period from April 2014 to November 2019, 

capital of £2.1 million, compared to an increase of £4.5 million in the 

cash contributions will be increased to £1.3 million per annum.

prior year. The net cash outflow from investing activities of  

£40.8 million is accounted for by capital additions, net of fixed asset 

sale proceeds, of £27.4 million and the cash spent on the acquisition 

Restatement
Following the amendment to IAS 19, which came into effect for the 

of Wayland and Wold Farms of £14.4 million, less loan repayments 

Group from 1 April 2013, interest on pension scheme assets is now 

received of £1.0 million. The previous year’s outflow was £35.5 million. 

calculated by reference to the liability discount rate rather than the 

The £14.2 million of net cash used in financing activities in 2014 is 

largely due to interest paid of £1.1 million, dividends paid of  

expected long-term yield on the assets, as was the case previously. 

Comparative information has been restated accordingly and further 

£12.7 million and net loan repayments of £0.5 million. The prior year 

details, including a modest reduction in the Group’s profit before tax 

cash outflow from financing was £26.0 million. The overall result is a 

and earnings per share, are set out in note 2.

net increase in cash and cash equivalents of £5.1 million  

(2013: decrease of £11.7 million). Net debt reduced by £3.1 million to 

£17.0 million (2013: £20.1 million) at the year end, and gearing fell from 

7.3 per cent to 5.6 per cent.

Pensions
The Group operates a number of defined contribution pension 

Mark Bottomley
Finance Director

schemes whereby contributions are made to schemes operated by 

major insurance companies. Contributions to these schemes are 

19 May 2014

determined as a percentage of employees’ earnings. The Group also 

operates a defined benefit pension scheme which has been closed to 

further benefit accrual since 2004. The deficit on this scheme at  

31 March 2014 was £6.5 million (2013: £3.4 million). Cash contributions 

to the scheme during the year, as part of the programme to reduce the 

deficit, were £1.1 million. The present value of funded obligations was 

£25.2 million and the fair value of plan assets was £18.7 million.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

21

 
 
 
 
 
22

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

GROUP DIRECTORS AND CATEGORIES

Pig Rearing
Charles Bowes
Glenn Dams

Fresh Pork
Chris Aldersley
John Fletcher
Stuart Kelman
Barry Lock
Nick Mitchell
James Pontone
Neil Willis

Cooked Meats
Ian Fisher
Paul Gartside
Andy Jenkins
Kate Maxwell
Clive Stephens
Nick Tranfield
Paul Williams

Sausages, Bacon and PastRy
Darren Andrew
Daniel Nolan
Gill Ridgard
Drew Weir
Steve Westhead

CHARCUTERIE
Rollo Thompson

Sandwiches AND  Ingredients
Nick Anderson
Gary Landsborough
Simon Ravenscroft
Food Central
Andrew Caines
Marcus Hoggarth
Graeme Watson
Malcolm Windeatt

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

23

 
 
 
 
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

Cranswick takes its ethical responsibilities to employees, customers, Shareholders, suppliers, producers and the environment very seriously. 

The Company recognises that a balanced and committed approach to all aspects of corporate social responsibility (CSR) will bring benefits 

to each of the Company stakeholders and will strengthen its business position and credentials to facilitate future sustainable growth and 

development.

The Company continues to look at CSR across the business to facilitate the recognition of best practice and shared learning leading to the 

development of a Group Corporate Responsibility Policy which clearly defines its core values and aspirations. To further progress this process a 

Group CSR committee was set up during the year chaired by the Finance Director and consisting of key people across the functions of HR, Health 

and Safety, Environment and Technical.

People

Cranswick is committed to introducing, developing and maintaining the key systems and processes required to underpin the effective delivery 

of its employment strategy across the business. 

The Company seeks to integrate the benefits of people management 

Cranswick is consistently developing its succession planning through 

into its culture and the Group Human Resources (HR) Manager ensures 

talent management programmes in conjunction with first line 

that these are consistently applied across all the sites.

manager and senior line manager training, to prepare its teams for the 

challenges of the future and create sustainable business value.

Cranswick has undertaken to further develop its HR strategy this year 

and the people plan has been incorporated in to the CSR and business 

The business continues to be committed to engaging with the local 

strategy to underpin the vision and purpose of the company going 

community via youth employment initiatives including sponsoring 

forward. Cranswick aims for its people to be the best in the industry 

awards for apprenticeships and has been unique in setting up and 

and in order to achieve this it is committed to developing a  

delivering a butchery apprenticeship scheme at its site in Preston, 

multi-skilled, inspired, empowered and motivated workforce.

near Hull. The training scheme now has 17 young people working at 

The HR strategy includes CSR as part of its vision and values, and will 

training. In addition to this a number of sites also have engineering 

the site with a view to becoming skilled butchers at the end of their 

implement a pattern of planned activities to ensure the attraction and 

apprenticeships in place.

retention of talented individuals who have key core skills that will aid 

the achievement of the long-term business goals and objectives. This  

Health and wellbeing are key to creating a happy and engaging working 

in turn will enable improved performance across the Group.

environment and Cranswick has run a variety of initiatives including 

The business has chosen to give its employees a meaningful voice, 

demonstrations, charitable bike rides and offering free fruit  

drop-in clinics with health professionals, healthy eating cookery 

which means that they have the channels through which to put 

to employees. 

forward their views via Works Councils or union membership, and that 

they will be communicated with effectively or have role models with 

Ethical standards are high within the Company and we employ the 

whom they can identify. All areas now have a forum in place where 

only International Register of Certified Auditors (IRCA) registered 

employees have a worker representative who sits on a committee on 

Internal Social Systems Auditor in the UK using systems that have been 

a regular basis, and who is able to air the views of their colleagues. On 

developed by the business. Audits are carried out annually of all sites 

some sites this may also be a union representative. Employees are 

and Cranswick is a member of Supplier Ethical Data Exchange (SEDEX). 

given the opportunity to feel a greater sense of purpose and are seen 

Cranswick has been at the forefront of best practice in conducting 

as productive and valuable stakeholders in the business. A staff survey 

annual ethical audits both at its own sites and those of its labour 

has delivered positive actions from the Group and a variety of initiatives 

providers. Performance is judged against the Gangmasters (Licensing) 

have been implemented which have aided the trust and engagement 

Act 2004, the Ethical Trading Initiative and retailer expectations. 

of employees with the business.

The focus moving forward will be targeted at ensuring that ethical 

standards are being maintained within our supply chain and we are 

The Group is committed to implementing a training and development 

optimistic that, given our past history for efficiency in this area, this will 

strategy that articulates the workforce capabilities, skills or 

be a successful initiative.

competencies and that ensures a sustainable, successful business. 

Young people continue to join the business on the graduate 
programme and a number of placement students have also been 

Encouraging the principles of equality and diversity are key to the 
successful and inclusive culture that lies at the heart of Cranswick. 

sponsored through their final year at university with the promise of 

Regular training is provided for all employees, reiterating the 

a role with the company when they have completed their education. 

importance of equal opportunities and best practice behaviours. This 

The graduate programme ensures lines of continued innovation, 

year, the site HR managers have been trained in equality and diversity 

methodologies, and generational differences are developed 

principles to roll these out to all middle and senior management teams. 

throughout the business, to maintain its competitive edge. Graduates 

also introduce new ideas and enthusiasm into the company.

24

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
TOTAL EMPLOYEES
TOTAL EMPLOYEES

34%
34%

All employment decisions, including recruitment and internal promotions, are based on merit, qualification and abilities and will not be 

influenced or affected by an employee’s race, colour, nationality, religion, sex, marital status, family status, sexual orientation, disability or age.

66%
66%

The business employs 4,627 people, up from the previous year of 4,402, and in addition a further 3,211 agency workers are also involved.

  Male  
  Male  
Gender and employee information
  Female  
  Female  

3,054
3,054

1,573
1,573

TOTAL EMPLOYEES

Main board
Main board

Senior managers & executives
Senior managers & executives

34%

66%

12%
12%

88%
88%

29%
29%

71%
71%

  Male  

  Female  

3,054

1,573

  Male  
  Male  
  Female  
  Female  

7
7
1
1

  Male  
  Male  
  Female  
  Female  

195
195
80
80

Main board
Health and safety

Senior managers & executives

Cranswick’s commitment to achieving high standards of health and safety continues with the commitment of the Board through the efforts of 

a dedicated and coordinated team. 

12%

29%

Cranswick is committed to high standards of health and safety, which 

accident individually, and to monitor control measures that have been 

is an integral part of its business. There is an ongoing programme 

of yearly improvements, fully endorsed by the Board, working in 

88%

71%

introduced, to prevent recurrence. The system includes an action 

tracker, to guarantee closure of required actions in the required  

partnership with its insurers to achieve and improve these standards 

time period.

for its workforce. These standards of health and safety training are 

applied equally to temporary agency workers as well as permanent 

The factory based Health and Safety Coordinators all hold the 

  Male  
employees.
  Female  

7
1

  Male  
  Female  

195
80

appropriate National Examination Board in Occupational Safety 

and Health (NEBOSH) qualification to help deliver the appropriate 

The Board take a keen interest in the group performance with the 

standards at site level. Consistency across the Group is centrally 

accident and claims statistics reviewed and discussed at quarterly 

directed and coordinated. With the increasing complexity of equipment 

Board meetings. The Group Health and Safety team implement and 

and the legislation surrounding its design and use, the team has a 

monitor new initiatives across the sites required to fulfil the excellent 

Group Machinery Safety Coordinator. As well as assessing the safety 

standards of health and safety within the business. Monthly accident 

compliance of all new and current machinery within the business the 

statistics are monitored, using an industry leading web based accident 

role also involves delivering the appropriate training to the site based 

recording system. This system allows the Group to analyse each 

engineering staff.

Any new machinery introduced to the business will not be used unless compliance with the latest Certificate of Conformity (CEE) regulations 

has been checked.

All sites within the Group have achieved British Standard 18001, the Occupational Health & Safety Management Systems. Systems at new sites 
acquired during the year are being aligned with Group standards and will follow the same path.

The new sites in 2013 (the pork processing site at Riverside in Hull; the pastry business at Malton; the Wayland pig production units in Norfolk and 

the Wold units in Yorkshire) have been intergrated into the Group health and safety management programme.

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

25

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CONTINUED)

Health and safety (continued)

Compared to the prior year

• 

• 

The total number of RIDDOR (reportable accidents to the HSE) reduced by 36 per cent

The RIDDOR Accident Incident Ratio reduced by 47 per cent

The total number of recorded accidents for the extended Group in 

This also reflects in the RIDDOR Accident Incident Ratio in 2013, which 

2013 was 5 per cent lower than the prior year. On a like-for-like basis 

was 47 per cent lower than the prior year. 

this decrease is 15 per cent, reflecting the continued reducing trend.

The Accident Incident Ratio (against number of employees) for 2013 

and good health and safety team management at the sites. This year 

was 22 per cent lower than the prior year. 

Cranswick is introducing a web-based risk assessment system, to cover 

These reductions can be attributed to improved working environments 

all workplace task and activities and the Control of Substances Harmful 

RIDDOR reportable accidents in 2013 for the extended Group declined 

to Health (COSHH). 

by 36 per cent, a significant reduction, reflecting the increasing 

commitment from management and employees alike in driving 

The Company is committed to excellent health and safety training of 

Cranswick’s continuing success.

both its own employees and agency workers. All receive a full health 

and safety induction course including fire safety, manual handling, 

The Group like-for-like figures show an even more impressive 43 per 

task and machinery training in their working environment in order to 

cent decline in total RIDDOR’s recorded in 2013. This is Cranswick’s 

operate in a safe manner.

biggest ever reduction year on year, of which we are proud. Key 

focuses for the future are safeguarding our workforce and continuing 

this reduction. 

Accidents per 1,000 employees

19.0

2.5

15.4

Total

RIDDOR

1.9

12.3

1.9

12.5

1.6

9.8

0.9

20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0.0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Calendar year to 31 December 

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

26

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
Responsible procurement

The Group continues to operate from some of the best invested food 

This is an increase of 85 audits year on year and reflects increased 

production sites in the UK including the most modern and efficient 

supply chain surveillance by retailers and other customers. It is 

pig abattoir in the country. These undergo exacting external and 

pleasing to be able to report that the vast majority of these audits 

internal audits carried out by independent auditing bodies, customers, 

were completed to the full satisfaction of our customers and scheme 

government authorities, and by the Group’s own technical compliance 

compliance.

team. In the current year the business has hosted 310 separate 

external compliance audits, many of which were unannounced. 

Cranswick has recently celebrated its 83rd consecutive Grade A rating against the British Retail Consortium (BRC) Global Standard for Food 

Safety. A record of compliance that stretches back to 2005. 4 of the sites also achieved an A* rating during 2013–14. This is the highest award 

given by the BRC and is reserved for those sites that achieve Grade A compliance by unannounced audit – an achievement that Cranswick is 

very proud of. Cranswick believes this long-standing track record of compliance to be sector leading.

In addition to BRC compliance of sites and systems of manufacture, 

Cranswick has a team of talented and industry proven technical 

many of the Company’s pork products are in full compliance with the 

personnel who are responsible for this long standing track record  

Red Tractor Assurance Scheme (Red Tractor), and the British Meat 

of compliance.

Processors Association (BMPA) pork and pork product standards. This 

provides the consumer with confidence that these are produced within 
an assured supply chain, to specified standards, that is traceable all 

Cranswick is committed to ensuring the integrity and traceability 
of the raw materials (meat, ingredients and packaging) used in its 

the way back to farm, the integrity of which is challenged by third party 

products. The approval of raw material suppliers and their products 

announced and unannounced audits. Cranswick also produces organic 

and raw material specifications are controlled centrally by the Group 

products that are subject to a mass balance exercise carried out by 

Technical Service Team which collectively has responsibility for 558 

independent auditors working for The Soil Association.

active suppliers and over 1545 raw materials. Suppliers are approved 

by either independent third party audit, such as the BRC Global 

The engine room that drives technical compliance across the Group is 

Standard for Food Safety, or by Cranswick’s approval audit carried out 

the exacting internal technical audit programme which saw over 794 

by the Group’s Technical Service team. Cranswick’s expectations of its 

separate audits carried out in the last twelve months. The programme 

suppliers are clearly laid out within its Technical Conditions of Supply.

is not only there just to identify non-compliance but is also a means for 

highlighting best practice and shared learning across the Group. 

In the last twelve months the Cranswick Group Technical service team has carried out 161 separate supply chain audits to ensure the safety, 

traceability and quality of the raw materials used.

During 2013 meat related food fraud has undermined consumer 

during the manufacture of single species products in multi-species 

confidence in the food industry. The Elliot Report highlighted the 

factories and has been proactive in supporting the BMPA and the 

need for more effective management and policing of supply chains. In 

Food Standards Agency (FSA) in their work with industry stakeholders. 

response Cranswick has increased the resource available to maintain 

Cranswick has also put in place an extensive DNA screening schedule 

its supplier approval and traceability monitoring systems and modified 

for raw materials supplied to its businesses.

them to meet these challenges. The Group is also looking at the wider 

challenges associated with preventing DNA cross contamination 

It is pleasing to be able to report that Cranswick has carried out DNA speciation testing on 665 finished product/raw material samples and all 

have proved to be compliant. 

Cranswick remains vigilant and in the year under review it spent  

At a time when the food industry is frequently held to account by the 

£1.65 million on laboratory screening of products and raw materials for 

media this level of audit, commitment to resource, traceability, and 

compliance to specification.

the resulting high level of compliance should be a re-assurance to 

customers, investors and consumers that the Group is equipped to 

deal with these and future challenges.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

27

 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CONTINUED)

Suppliers and producers

Pork meat is the single most important raw material supplied to the Group. 

The Cranswick sites at Preston, near Hull, and Norfolk collectively 

supply chain ensures that travel times from farm to abattoir are 

process in excess of 37,000 pigs per week and are a key supplier to the 

minimised with resulting animal welfare and food mile benefits – the 

Group’s further processing sites and others outside the Group. Both 

map below provides a summary of distances from the processing sites.

sites are strategically well placed within two of the largest pig breeding 

and rearing areas within the country. This close proximity with the 

PRESTON 
NEAR HULL

UNITED 
KINGDOM

NORFOLK

PRESTON, NEAR HULL

40 per cent within 25 miles

60 per cent within 40 miles

75 per cent within 50 miles

80 per cent within 60 miles

NORFOLK

50 per cent within 25 miles

80 per cent within 40 miles

90 per cent within 50 miles

95 per cent within 60 miles

Many of the pigs supplied to Cranswick are reared to higher welfare 

to visual inspection and palpation. We fully support this move and are 

standards associated with Outdoor Bred or Outdoor Reared standards. 

actively working with BPEX and the Food Standards Agency (FSA) ahead 

Approximately 50 per cent of those processed by Preston, and 70 per 

of the expected launch date of June 2014.

cent by Norfolk are reared to the exacting requirements of the RSPCA 

Freedom Foods welfare standard; the balance of those processed are 

Similarly Cranswick is working with the British Pig Executive (BPEX) on 

reared indoors in full compliance with the Red Tractor/British Quality 

the implementation of the Welfare of Animals at the Time of Killing 

Assured Pork (BQAP) welfare standards.

(WATOK) legislation which will require us to have standard operating 

procedures for operations that have a bearing on the welfare of the 

Changes to meat inspection are set to challenge the industry in the 

animal from time of unloading to bleeding. Any operative carrying out 

coming months with a move away from invasive meat inspection, and 

these procedures must have a certificate of competence to do so.

the possibility that this can spread contamination within the abattoir, 

The Cranswick agricultural team is also working with several retailer specific pig producer groups on rearing systems, breed development, 

welfare, sustainability, environment and ethical standards.

Customers and consumers

Cranswick’s commitment to the production of safe, legal, wholesome foods that are in full compliance with the specification agreed with its 

customers is central to the way it operates its business.

Cranswick supplies finished products to the major UK retailers, 

Cranswick is committed to working with its retail customers to 

restaurant groups, and food service customers and also supplies 

ensure clear informative labelling of the products it manufactures so 

raw material to other manufacturers. Many of the Group’s customers 
consider Cranswick to be their key supplier or category champion and 

that consumers can make an informed purchase choice based on 
clearly stated origin, authenticity, provenance, nutrition and allergen 

a preferred partner on key technical initiative projects.

declarations. 

Senior members of the Cranswick technical team are active within the 

wider industry and participate in technical committees at the BMPA, 

BPEX and the Provisions Trade Federation (PTF).

28

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

The Group is well placed to meet the requirements of the Food Information Regulations by the December 2014 deadline with over  

40 per cent of labels already compliant.

Customer focus on the environment and sustainability has grown and the Group’s environmental aspirations are being realigned to meet the 

common shared goals. The environmental section (Greenthinking) of the Group website, www.cranswick.co.uk, will be updated to reflect and 

report on these targets.

Sustainability

Progress against Cranswick’s 2020 targets to reduce its carbon footprint remains on track.

Cranswick has now appointed a new Group Environment Manager, 

The additional three sites incorporated in the figures increase the 

who reports into the Executive and CSR Committees, and who is 

overall total by 4.7 per cent to 78,500 tonnes. 

responsible for a coordinated response to the many opportunities and 

challenges in this area. As well as driving environmental initiatives at 

The relative carbon footprint, a measure of the carbon emitted per 

site level, there is an increasing external interface with stakeholders 

tonne of production, continues its downward trend, 6.9 per cent down 

including the Environment Agency and other legislative bodies, 

like-for-like and 3.5 per cent down for the extended Group. Against 

neighbours, customers, suppliers and investors.

the Group’s 2020 target of a 30 per cent decrease against the 2010 

Carbon footprint
The carbon footprint, expressed as a tonne of carbon dioxide 
equivalent (CO2e), has been calculated every year since 2008 and is an 
aggregated total of the individual site figures. It includes all site energy, 

baseline it has already achieved a 26 per cent reduction. These targets 

will be reviewed and refined in the light of the performance to date.

This reflects increasing efforts at site level to improve energy 

efficiencies and control f-gas losses through investment in new systems 

f-gas usage and waste. It is calculated using DEFRA’s guidelines and 

and improved maintenance.

standard set of conversion factors for Company reporting. Following 

this year’s revision in the factor for electricity conversion, the Group 

The Company accepts that there is a requirement to disclose the 

figures back to 2010 (the baseline for our environmental targets in the 

carbon footprint separately in the following categories:

Environmental Policy) have been recalculated to ensure comparability 

of annual progress.

Emissions in tonnes of carbon dioxide from:

i) 

combustion of fuel and operation of facilities; and

Kingston Foods, Riverside and “Yorkshire Baker” figures have been 

ii)  purchase of electricity, heat, steam and cooling.

included in the Group data for 2013 for the first time and are reported 

alongside like-for-like figures.

The way the business is set up makes it impracticable to distinguish 

between the two categories; however the bulk of the emissions would 

Despite an increase in production of 7 per cent, the Group’s absolute 

be from electricity and gas, which are monitored.

carbon footprint on a like-for-like basis has fallen slightly, by  
0.4 per cent to 75,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e).  

Carbon footprint like for like

90,000

80,000

70,000

60,000

50,000

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

0

80,589

0.314

74,161

0.282

75,160

75,059

Absolute – tonnes CO2e

Relative – tonnes CO2e/tonne product

0.248

0.231

2010

2011

2012

2013

0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

0.00

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Waste Disposal breakdown tonnes

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

29

Calendar year to 31 December 

Waste to landfill tonnes
-52.0%

6,040

5,879

6,040

5,613

Water use cubic metres per tonne of product

-2.5%

3.17

12.5%

30.4%

57.1%

3,103

1,490

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

  Landfi ll  

  Recycling  

  Refuse derived fuel   6,830

1,490

3,627

2.32

2.43

2.60

2.78

2.71

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

 
 
 
 
0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

0.00

Carbon footprint like for like

80,589

0.314

90,000

80,000

70,000

60,000

50,000

40,000

30,000

Absolute – tonnes CO2e

Relative – tonnes CO2e/tonne product

74,161

0.282

75,160

75,059

0.248

0.231

20,000

10,000

80,000

90,000

80,589

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CONTINUED)
Carbon footprint like for like
Carbon footprint like for like
Energy
90,000
Energy use and cost continue to increase. The Group used 9 per cent 
more energy like-for-like and 15 per cent for the extended Group. 
Increased production accounted for much of this. Continuing the trend 
0.282
of recent years, energy costs rose into double figures, giving added 
impetus to a programme of site specific energy reviews which has 
0.282
included installation of Automatic Monitoring and Targeting (AM&T) 
software systems. This has culminated in one site being used as a 
test bed for a programme of upgrades to equipment, monitoring and 
control systems with the potential to reduce energy usage by around  
30 per cent. Subject to performance review this technology can be 
rolled out across the Group.

80,589

74,161

74,161

0.314

0.314

40,000

80,000

60,000

60,000

50,000

50,000

70,000

70,000

0

40,000

30,000

investigated.
75,160

75,160

Waste to landfill tonnes
-52.0%

0.248

0.248

75,059

75,059

6,040

5,879

6,040

5,613

Absolute – tonnes CO2e

0.35
Opportunities to generate revenue from the conversion of waste 

Relative – tonnes CO2e/tonne product

2010

2011

Absolute – tonnes CO2e

Relative – tonnes CO2e/tonne product

fats to biodiesel or use within the Group’s own fleet are being 

0.35

20,000

30,000

As previously reported, Climate Change Agreements are in place for all 
sites in the Group under the second phase of this scheme. As a result, 
the year ended 31 March 2014 will be the final year of Cranswick’s 
participation in the Carbon Reduction Commitment.

10,000

20,000

10,000

0

0

2011

2011

2010

2010

Waste disposal
During 2013 and in partnership with Biffa/IRM, Cranswick’s preferred 
waste management contractor, the Group has made a step change 
in its landfill reduction target by diverting 87.5 per cent of its waste 
Waste to landfill tonnes
streams to either refuse derived fuel (RDF), anaerobic digestion (AD) 
or recycling.
Waste to landfill tonnes
-52.0%
-52.0%
Despite difficult market conditions within the waste industry the Group 
has continued to challenge its waste management contractor to 
establish improved disposal routes and increase rebates for recyclates. 
6,040
Dedicated contract managers working “line side” assist factory 
management to separate and divert waste streams away from general 
waste resulting in a significant reduction in disposal cost per tonne.

6,040

6,040

6,040

5,879

5,879

5,613

5,613

2012

2013

2008

2012

2009

2010

2011

2013

2012

Calendar year to 31 December 
Waste Disposal breakdown tonnes
Waste Disposal breakdown tonnes
Water use cubic metres per tonne of product
-2.5%

12.5%

30.4%

12.5%

30.4%

3.17

0.231

0.231

3,103

0.30

0.30

0.25

0.25

0.20

0.20

0.15

0.15

0.10

0.10

0.05

0.05
1,490
0.00

0.00
2013

2012

2013

Waste Disposal breakdown tonnes

12.5%

30.4%

57.1%

  Landfi ll  

  Recycling  

  Refuse derived fuel   6,830

1,490

3,627

Cranswick is now investigating the potential to collect and convert 
parts of its food waste into a high grade biofuel, capable of running its 
vehicle fleet whilst at the same time reducing the carbon footprint of 
1,490
each vehicle by circa 80 per cent. Early indications for this project are 

3,103

3,103

57.1%

57.1%

encouraging.

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

1,490
2013

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Calendar year to 31 December 

2.60

2.78

2.71

2.32

2.43

  Landfi ll  
1,490
  Refuse derived fuel   6,830
  Landfi ll  
1,490
  Recycling  
3,627
  Refuse derived fuel   6,830
  Recycling  
3,627

Water
Water use continues to increase across the Group in absolute terms. However, the water use per tonne of production has fallen and the Group 

Water use cubic metres per tonne of product
remains on course to meet its FHC2020 commitment of a 20 per cent fall in this measure by 2020.
Water use cubic metres per tonne of product
-2.5%
-2.5%

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

3.17

3.17

2.32

2.32

2.43

2.43

2.60

2.60

2.78

2.78

2.71

2.71

2008

2008

2009

2009

2010

2010

2011

2011

2012

2012

2013

2013

Calendar year to 31 December 

30

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Cranswick’s commitment to have all its existing sites accredited to the Environmental Management Standard ISO14001 has been achieved, 

and the newly acquired sites will follow as part of their integration into the Group.

Community

Supporting local communities is important to the Group.

Nearly 80 per cent of the workforce live within ten miles of their place of work so the Company remains centred on encouraging and supporting 

employees to be active in their communities through volunteer working or fundraising. The Group understands the need to work with local 

communities and to be a responsible neighbour.

Throughout the year a number of employees have been engaged in physical challenges, raising money for their local and national charities.  

In addition charitable donations made by the Company at the various sites have totalled in excess of £16,000 in the year.

The Group continues to be involved with the Red Lion Brand, a business which donates all of its post-tax profits to forces charities.

Cranswick does not make any political donations.

Summary
Cranswick will continue to review and monitor the performance of its target areas set out in this report and through this process the Group’s 

stakeholders will have a clearer picture of what corporate responsibility means to the Company and that it is an integral part of its development.

On behalf of the Board

Mark Bottomley
Finance Director

19 May 2014

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

31

 
 
 
 
GOVERNANCE INTRODUCTION  
FROM THE CHAIRMAN

Chairman’s overview
The Board is responsible for the stewardship of the business and is committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance across the 

Group. It believes good governance enhances business performance as well as reputation within its marketplace and across relationships with its 

stakeholders.

Cranswick’s approach to governance is outlined in the following report, which describes how it integrates into the business the main principles 

of the five sections of the 2012 UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”), namely leadership, effectiveness, accountability, remuneration and 

relations with shareholders. However the Company, for this year, has not complied with code B.1.2 with the number of independent directors 

being less than the number of executive directors; the full explanation is highlighted in the report though going forward the situation will be 

addressed.

In line with the development of the business, the governance framework is kept under close review in order to ensure that shareholders’ interests 

are safeguarded and to sustain the success of the Company over the longer term.

The role of the Board
The Board’s main role is to work with the Executive team, providing support and advice to complement and enhance the work undertaken.  

The Board consistently challenges processes, plans and actions and exercises a degree of rigorous enquiry and intellectual debate. This serves to 

promote continual and sustained improvement across the business.

The performance evaluation review undertaken during the year highlighted the positive and open culture of the Board.

The Board composition and appointments are set out in the Governance Report.

The Board Committees
The Board Committees have also continued to perform effectively during the year. The focus of the Nomination Committee included the 

leadership needs and succession planning at both Board and senior executive level, including the recruitment of Mark Reckitt. The Remuneration 

Committee reviewed the policy for Executive Director remuneration and worked to ensure that remuneration arrangements continue to support 

the Company’s strategy. The Audit Committee continues to monitor the financial challenges the Group faces in a highly competitive industry and 

the risk management processes it develops to enable the Group to achieve its strategic objectives and to protect its reputation.

Finally
Cranswick remains committed to sharing its business vision with its Shareholders by maintaining regular open dialogue and effective 

communication. It believes that continued engagement with its Shareholders is highly beneficial to all parties as it helps to build greater 

understanding of its investors’ views, opinions and concerns.

Martin Davey
Chairman

19 May 2014

32

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Executive Directors
+ 

Martin Davey, Chairman 
Martin, who is a chartered accountant, has been with Cranswick for the past 29 years, joining the Company as Finance Director in 1985. 

He led Cranswick’s entry onto the Stock Exchange in 1985 and was appointed Chief Executive in 1988. He became Chairman in 2004 

and has continued in this role on a part-time basis from 1 September 2013. He is also Chair of the Nominations Committee.

Adam Couch, Chief Executive 
Adam has over 23 years’ experience in the food industry joining the operational side of the fresh pork business of Cranswick in 1991. 

He was appointed to the Board as Managing Director of the fresh pork business in 2003 and then became Chief Operating Officer in 

2011. He was appointed to the role of Chief Executive in August 2012. Adam was also a committee member of the British Pig Executive 

between 2005 and 2013.

Mark Bottomley, Finance Director
Mark joined Cranswick as Group Financial Controller in 2008 and was appointed Finance Director in 2009. He is a chartered accountant 

and has several years’ experience in the food production sector where he has held a variety of senior finance roles.

Jim Brisby, Sales and Marketing Director
Jim joined Cranswick some 18 years ago as a sales and marketing executive. In 2004 he was appointed Sales and Marketing Director 

of Cranswick Country Foods plc, a major subsidiary of Cranswick, and he has been an integral member of the team that has grown the 

business over the years. He was appointed Sales and Marketing Director in 2010.

Bernard Hoggarth, Commercial Director 
Bernard joined Cranswick in 1978, focusing on the agribusiness activity before becoming involved in the development of the food 

manufacturing business during the 1990s. He was appointed a Director in 1988 and was Chief Executive between 2004 and 2012. 

Subsequently Bernard remained on the Board as Commercial Director, on a part-time basis; however he will now retire after the Annual 

General Meeting following a 36 year association with the Company. He will, however be available to the business, if required, for any ad 

hoc projects that may arise.

Non-Executive Directors
John Worby
+† * 
John joined Cranswick as a Non-Executive Director in 2005 and is Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit 

Committee. He is a chartered accountant with many years’ experience in the food industry. John retired as Group Finance Director 

of Genus plc in 2013 having previously worked for Uniq plc (formerly Unigate PLC) from 1978 until 2002, in various roles including 

Group Finance Director and Deputy Chairman. He is also a Non-Executive Director of Connect Group plc and Fidessa Group plc and 

is a member of the Financial Reporting Review Panel. This year John will have completed nine years as an Independent Non-Executive 

Director and therefore will stand down after the Annual General Meeting.

+† * 

Steven Esom
Steven joined Cranswick as a Non-Executive Director in 2009 and is currently Chair of the Remuneration Committee. He has held 

a number of senior positions within the food sector including Executive Director of Food at Marks & Spencer plc which followed 

twelve years at Waitrose, the last five years of which he was Managing Director. For the last four years he was an Operating Partner 

of Langholm Capital. He is currently the Non-Executive Chairman for the British Retail Consortium (trading), the Ice Organisation and 

Advantage Travel Centres. He was until 2013 a Non-Executive Director of Tyrrells Investments Limited.

+† * 

Kate Allum
Kate joined Cranswick as a Non-Executive Director in July 2013. She is currently Chief Executive of First Milk Limited and a former head 

of the European supply chain for McDonalds.

+† * 

Mark Reckitt
Mark joined Cranswick as a Non-Executive Director on 1 May 2014. Mark was Group Strategy Director of Smiths Group plc from 

February 2011 to April 2014 and was additionally Divisional President, Smiths Interconnect from October 2012 to April 2014. Prior to 

joining Smiths, Mark was interim Managing Director of Green & Black’s Chocolate and before that was Chief Strategy Officer at Cadbury 
plc between 2004 and 2010. Mark held a range of Strategy and Finance roles at Cadbury since joining in 1989, including Finance 

Director of Cadbury UK. Prior to joining Cadbury, Mark spent six years in Investment Banking and Retailing, following his qualification as 

a chartered accountant in 1983. Mark is also a Non-Executive Director of JD Wetherspoon plc, where he is Chair of the Audit Committee 

and member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committees.

* Member of Remuneration Committee 

† Member of Audit Committee 

+ Member of Nomination Committee

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

The Board is committed to high standards of Corporate Governance and takes its role very seriously in adopting and maintaining good 

governance.

Principles of good governance
The adoption and maintenance of good governance is the 

The Board
During the year ended 31 March 2014, the Board consisted of an 

responsibility of the Board as a whole. This report, together with 

Executive Chairman, a Chief Executive, two other full time Executive 

the Audit Committee Report, on pages 38 to 42, the Nomination 

Directors, one part time Executive Director and three (four in July 2013) 

Committee Report, on pages 44 to 45 and the Remuneration 

Non-Executive Directors. All the Non-Executive Directors are deemed 

Committee Report, on pages 46 to 57, describes how the Board applies 

to be independent.

the principles of good governance and best practice as set out in the 

Code which can be found on the Financial Reporting Council’s website 
www.frc.org.uk.

The Board provides leadership of the Company and Group and 

during the year met to direct and control the overall strategy and 

operating performance of the Group. It is collectively responsible 

Statement of Compliance
The Directors consider that the Company has, during the year ended 

and accountable to shareholders for the long-term success of the 

Company. To enable them to carry out these responsibilities all 

31 March 2014, complied with the requirements of the Code other 

Directors have full and timely access to all relevant information and 

than with Code provision:

the Board has held meetings at various operating sites so that the 

Directors can review the operations of those particular sites. All 

• 

B.1.2, apart from the month of July 2013, when Kate Allum joined 

Directors have allocated sufficient time to the Company to discharge 

at the beginning of the month and prior to Patrick Farnsworth 

their responsibilities effectively.

retiring at the end of the month, as the number of Independent 

Non-Executive Directors was less than half the Board, excluding 

Board agendas are set by the Chairman in consultation with the Chief 

the Chairman. The Board had been aware that Bernard Hoggarth 

Executive and with the assistance from the Company Secretary. The 

intended to retire soon after standing down as Chief Executive. 

Company Secretary maintains a twelve month rolling programme of 

Bernard retires from the Board in July 2014 after which the 

agenda items to ensure that all matters reserved for the Board and 

balance of the Board will be equal numbers of Independent 

other key issues are considered at the appropriate time.

Non-Executive Directors and Executives Directors, excluding 

the Chairman. It is the Board’s belief that the composition of 

the Board includes the appropriate skills balance, experience, 

independence and knowledge that the business requires. The 

Board will continue to keep this under review, also with diversity in 

mind, and assess the needs and requirements of the business as 

it develops.

The Directors have also reviewed the financial statements and taken 

as a whole consider them to be fair, balanced and understandable 

and provide the information for shareholders to assess the Company’s 

performance, business model and strategy. The Audit Committee 

provide guidance to the Board to assist it in reaching this conclusion.

Standing agenda items included:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

reports from the Chief Executive, Finance Director and the Sales and Marketing Director; 

annual strategy review;

reports from the Chairs of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees;

risk and risk management; 

health and safety reports; 
approval of the quarterly trading updates, half year and year end reports;

approval of major capital expenditure proposals; and

review of the Group’s finance requirements. 

34

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Key agenda items this year included:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

acquisition of Wayland Farms Limited; 

acquisition of pig rearing units for Wold Farms Limited;

review of other prospective business proposals;

approval of the Group budget;

review of the Group’s refinancing proposal; 

approval of the interim dividend;

appointments of Kate Allum and Mark Reckitt as Independent Non-Executive Directors; 

consideration of the Board performance evaluation; and

review of the directors’ conflict of interest register.

The UK Corporate Governance Code stipulates there should be a clear division of responsibility at the head of the company between the 

running of the Board and the executive responsible for running the company business.

The Chairman was responsible for:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

setting the Board agenda;

the leadership of the Board and ensuring its effectiveness on all aspects of its role;

ensuring all Directors were able to maximise their contributions to the Board;

providing strategic insight from his long business experience in the industry and with the Company;

providing a sounding board for the Chief Executive on key business decisions and challenging proposals where appropriate; and 

meeting with major Shareholders on governance matters and being an alternate point of contact for Shareholders on other matters. 

The Chief Executive was responsible for:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the day-to-day management of the Group’s business;

leading the business and the rest of the management team in accordance with the strategy agreed by the Board;

leading the development of the Group’s strategy with input from the rest of the Board;

leading the management team in the implementation of the Group’s strategy including new build decisions; and

bringing matters of particular significance or risk to the Chairman for discussion and consideration by the Board if appropriate. 

Upon appointment, all Directors undertake a formal introduction to all 

the Group’s activities and are also provided with the opportunity for 

Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Directors bring experience and complementary 

ongoing training. This ensures that they are kept up to date on changes 

skills to the Board, aid constructive debate and challenge during Board 

in relevant legislation and the general business environment, including 

discussions and help develop strategy with an independent outlook. 

the review of relevant literature and attending external courses. 

The Board considers the Non-Executive Directors to be independent in 

Procedures are in place for Directors to seek both independent advice, 

accordance with the definition highlighted in the Code.

at the expense of the Company, and the advice and services of the 

Company Secretary in order to fulfil their duties. 

The UK Governance Code requires listed companies to undertake 

a rigorous annual evaluation of the performance of their Board, 

An Executive Committee, consisting of the Executive Directors and 

committees and of individual directors.

senior executives of the business, meets around six times a year to 

discuss issues affecting the trading side of the business including the 

development of various projects and approving non-strategic capital 

expenditure. The Executive Committee reports back to the Board.

Board performance evaluation
David Mensley of EquityCommunications Limited, an independent 

business that has no other relationship with the Company, carried 

The Board has completed its annual review of the register relating to 

out an external evaluation of the Board and its Committees, which 

potential conflicts of interest with its Directors and confirms that no 

was completed in July 2013, through means of a questionnaire and 

such conflicts exist.

discussion where necessary. The resulting report was circulated to 
all directors and was then discussed by the Board. Based on the 

The Company Secretary is responsible to the Board for ensuring that 

evaluation exercise the Board concluded that it, and its Committees, 

Board procedures are complied with and for advising the Board, 

were working well and a number of actions were agreed to make them 

through the Chairman, on all governance matters. The appointment 

more effective.

and removal of the Company Secretary is determined by the Board as 

a whole.

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

35

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT (CONTINUED)

The Chairman has evaluated the performance of individual Directors. 

Directors’ biographies and membership of the various Committees 

In addition, the Non-Executive Directors, led by the Senior Independent 

are shown on page 33. The formal terms of reference for the Board 

Non-Executive Director, meet, without the Chairman present, in order 

Committees together with the terms and conditions of appointment of 

to appraise his performance.

Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection at the Company’s 

Registered Office and at the Annual General Meeting.

Total number of Board meetings

Attendance

Martin Davey – Chairman and Chair of the Nomination Committee

Adam Couch – Chief Executive

Mark Bottomley – Finance Director

Jim Brisby – Sales and Marketing Director

Bernard Hoggarth – Commercial Director

John Worby – Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit Committee

Steven Esom – Independent Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Patrick Farnsworth – Independent Non–Executive Director and Chair of the Nomination Committee until retirement  

(3 maximum)

Kate Allum – Independent Non-Executive Director (9 maximum)

All the Directors attended the Annual General Meeting.

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

3

9

Board Committees
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee comprises the independent Non-Executive 

Directors and is chaired by John Worby, the Group’s Senior 

Independent Director. He is a chartered accountant who has 

the issue of options in accordance with the terms of those schemes. 

The Remuneration Committee also, in consultation with the Chief 

Executive, monitors the total individual remuneration package of senior 

executives including bonuses, incentive payments and share option 

and other share awards. The Remuneration Committee has access to 

considerable recent relevant financial experience and has spent many 

advice from the Company Secretary and from external advisers who 

years in the food industry.

The Audit Committee has overall responsibility for monitoring the 

integrity of financial statements and related announcements and all 

provide detailed analysis of executive remuneration in comparable 

companies. Details of the Committee’s current remuneration policies 

are given in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 46 to 57.

aspects of internal control. The Audit Committee meets at least three 

The Chair of the Remuneration Committee will attend the Annual 

times a year; two of these meetings involve a review of the Group’s 

General Meeting to respond to any Shareholder questions that might 

interim and full year financial statements.

be raised on the Committee’s activities.

The work, responsibilities and governance of the Audit Committee are 

set out on pages 38 to 42.

Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee is now chaired by Martin Davey and 

includes John Worby, Steven Esom, Kate Allum and from 1 May 2014 

The Chair of the Audit Committee will be available at the Annual 

Mark Reckitt.

General Meeting to respond to any Shareholder questions that might 

be raised on the Committee’s activities.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee comprises the independent  

Non-Executive Directors and is chaired by Steven Esom.  

The Committee meets at least once a year and reviews the structure, 

size and composition of the Board and is responsible for considering 

and making recommendations to the Board on new appointments of 

Executive and Non-Executive Directors. It also gives full consideration 

to succession planning in the course of its work, taking into account 

Martin Davey, Adam Couch and Mark Bottomley attend the meetings 

the challenges and opportunities facing the Group relating to skills and 

of the Remuneration Committee by invitation and in an advisory 

expertise needed on the Board and from senior management in  

capacity. No Director attends any part of a meeting at which his own 

the future. 

remuneration is discussed. The Executive Directors determine the 
remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors.

The Committee recommends to the Board the policy for executive 

remuneration and determines, on behalf of the Board, the other 

terms and conditions of service for each Executive Director. It 

Details of the Committee’s activities are given in the Nomination 

Committee Report on pages 44 and 45.

The Chair of the Nomination Committee will attend the Annual General 

Meeting to respond to any Shareholder questions that might be raised 

determines appropriate performance conditions for the annual cash 

on the Committee’s activities.

bonus and long-term incentive schemes and approves awards and 

36

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
 
Risk management and internal control
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the Group’s system 

The views of Shareholders expressed during meetings are 

communicated by the Chairman or the Chief Executive, as appropriate, 

of internal control, which safeguards the Shareholders’ investment and 

to the Board as a whole. Through this process the Board’s Executive 

the Group’s assets, and for reviewing its effectiveness. Such a system 

and Non-Executive Directors are able to gain a sound understanding 

can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against 

of the views and concerns of the major Shareholders. The Chairman, 

material misstatement or loss, as it is designed to manage rather than 

Chief Executive or the Finance Director discusses governance and 

eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives. 

strategy with major Shareholders from time to time. Other Directors 

are available to meet the Company’s major Shareholders if requested. 

The Group operates within a clearly defined organisational structure 

The Senior Independent Non-Executive Director is available to listen 

with established responsibilities, authorities and reporting lines to the 

to the views of Shareholders, particularly if they have concerns which 

Board. The organisational structure has been designed in order to 

contact with the Chairman has failed to resolve, or for which such 

plan, execute, monitor and control the Group’s objectives effectively 

contact is inappropriate. Principles of corporate governance and voting 

and to ensure that internal control becomes embedded in the 

operations.

guidelines issued by the Company’s institutional Shareholders and 

their representative bodies are circulated to and considered by the 

Board. The Board also welcomes the attendance and questions from 

As noted in the Audit Committee Report on pages 38 to 42, the Audit 

Shareholders at the Annual General Meeting which is also attended by 

Committee has reviewed the effectiveness of the internal control 

the Chairs of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees.

and risk management systems and reported to the Board that it was 

not aware of any significant deficiency, or material weakness, in the 

By order of the Board

system of internal control and that the business maintains a sound risk 

management control system.

Malcolm Windeatt
Company Secretary

19 May 2014

The Board confirms that the key ongoing processes and features of the 

Group’s internal risk based control system have been fully operative 

throughout the year and up to the date of the Annual Report being 

approved.

Financial reporting 
The Group prepares annual budgets that are agreed by the Board. 

Operational management is required to report to the Board on a 

monthly basis on financial performance including trading results, 

balance sheet, cash flows and related key performance indicators. 

Forecasts are updated on a half yearly basis together with information 

on key risk areas. The use of a standard reporting pack by all Group 

entities ensures that information is gathered and presented in a 

consistent way which facilitates the preparation of the consolidated 

financial statements.

Shareholders
The Board attaches great importance to maintaining good relationships 

with all Shareholders who are kept informed of significant Company 

developments. Presentations are made by the Chief Executive, the 

Finance Director and the Sales and Marketing Director, to analysts 

and institutional Shareholders on the half year and full year results 

and to discuss Company direction. A similar presentation is made 

to shareholders attending the Annual General Meeting. Significant 

matters relating to the trading or development of the business are 

disseminated to the market by way of stock exchange announcements.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

37

 
 
 
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

Letter from the Chair of the Audit Committee

Dear Shareholder,

Introduction
On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present the Audit Committee’s annual report for the year ended 31 March 2014. The purpose of the 

report is to highlight areas that the Committee has reviewed during the year including areas of financial reporting issues, the risk management of 

the Group, internal controls and the role of the auditors.

Role of the Committee
The Committee’s primary role is to assist the Board in the provision of effective governance over the appropriateness of the Group’s financial 

reporting, risk management and internal control. It is responsible for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements and considering whether 

accounting policies adopted are appropriate. It also reviews the Company’s internal controls and risk management systems and considers 

the activities, plans and effectiveness of both the Group’s internal audit function and its external auditor. A summary of the Audit Committee’s 

principal responsibilities is set out in the Audit Committee report on the following pages.

Activities of the Committee
The Audit Committee met three times during the year to consider issues relating to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

financial reporting;

risk management and internal control;

internal audit;

external audit effectiveness; and

auditor independence.

The work of the Committee in each of these areas is explained in detail in the Audit Committee report on the following pages. Given the changes 

in reporting requirements arising from the UK Corporate Governance Code, which apply to these financial statements, the Committee focused 

on financial reporting during the year. In particular, the Audit Committee report has been enhanced to cover key issues and judgements and how 

they were dealt with by the Committee and to cover the work done on the effectiveness of the external audit.

In addition, at the request of the Board, the Audit Committee has reviewed and reported to the Board that it is satisfied that the financial 

statements taken as a whole are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information for Shareholders to assess the Company’s 

performance, business model and strategy.

In order to give this report the Audit Committee carried out a number of additional procedures including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

reviewing and giving feedback on an early draft of the Annual Report at a special additional Audit Committee meeting;

obtaining confirmation from the relevant preparers of the various parts of the Annual Report that they had reviewed the fairness and 

completeness of their sections;

ensuring a thorough verification process had been completed; and

reviewing and discussing a paper from the Finance Director outlining issues to consider and why he believed the Annual Report was fair 

balanced and understandable.

The Board and the Committee understand that “fair” should mean reasonable and impartial, “balanced” should mean even-handed in terms of 

being positive and negative and “understandable” should mean simple, clear and free from jargon or unnecessary clutter.

On behalf of the Board

John Worby
Chair of the Audit Committee

19 May 2014

38

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

The Audit Committee has overall responsibility for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements, and related announcements, the 

effectiveness of the risk control procedures and internal control systems which are important to both management and to the Shareholders.

The Audit Committee
Members of the Audit Committee consist of the independent Non-Executive Directors: John Worby, Steven Esom, Kate Allum and, until  

31 July 2013, Patrick Farnsworth. Mark Reckitt joined the Committee on 1 May 2014. The Committee is chaired by John Worby, a qualified 

chartered accountant, and who has considerable recent relevant financial experience.

Total number of Committee meetings

Attendance

John Worby – Chair

Kate Allum (2 maximum)

Steven Esom

Patrick Farnsworth (1 maximum)

3

3

2

3

1

Activities of the Committee
The Committee is required to meet at least three times a year and has an agenda linked to the Group financial calendar. It invites the Company 

Chairman, the Chief Executive, the Finance Director and the external auditors to attend its meetings together with the Group Financial Controller 

and Internal Audit. The Company Secretary also attends the meetings as secretary to the Committee. Both the external auditors and Internal Audit 

have the opportunity to access the Committee, without the Executive Directors being present, at any time, and the Committee formally meets with 

both the external auditors and internal audit independently at least once a year.

Summary of the Audit Committee’s principal responsibilities:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

reviewing and monitoring the integrity of the Group’s, quarterly trading statements, half yearly and full year financial statements;

reviewing the Group’s accounting policies; 

keeping under review the effectiveness of the Group’s financial reporting, internal controls and risk management systems;

monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function in the context of the Company’s overall risk management system;

reviewing the annual internal audit plan and Internal Audit reports on accounting, internal financial and other control matters;

overseeing the relationship with the external auditors including the effectiveness, scope, cost and objectivity of the external audit;

recommending the appointment, reappointment or removal of the external auditors;

reviewing the independence of the external auditors, including considering the level of non-audit work carried out by them; and

reviewing and monitoring the Company’s procedures in relation to the Company’s Whistle Blowing and Anti-Bribery policies.

The Committee annually reviews its terms of reference and makes recommendations to the Board for any appropriate changes. The current 

Terms of Reference include all the relevant aspects set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code and will be available for inspection at the 

Company’s Registered Office and at the Annual General Meeting.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

39

 
 
 
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Financial reporting
During the year the Audit Committee reviewed reports from the Finance Director and the external auditors on matters of significance in relation 

to the financial statements, including key estimates and judgements made in preparing the statements. An additional meeting of the Audit 

Committee was set up to discuss an early draft of the content of the 2014 Report & Accounts covering areas of significance in each of the reports 

in light of the new reporting regulations. They also reviewed the final content of the 2014 Report & Accounts and the 2013 Interim Report, and 

as noted in the covering letter to this report to Shareholders, they also undertook enhanced procedures in relation to whether the financial 

statements taken as a whole are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information for Shareholders to assess the Company’s 

performance, business model and strategy. 

Significant issues considered during the year included:

• 

• 

fair values on the acquisition during the year of Wayland Farms and the Wold Farm transaction – valuations were compiled based on reports 

by external advisers and consultants. The Audit Committee was satisfied that the valuations adopted were reasonable;

a review of the contingent consideration on the Kingston Foods acquisition in the prior year – contingent targets were highly unlikely to be 

met and, in agreement with the previous vendors of the business who waived their rights to any further consideration, the Audit Committee 

was satisfied that it was appropriate that the balance of the consideration was released and that it be treated as an exceptional item;

• 

the carrying value of goodwill and whether there has been any impairment. This included reviewing the position in relation to the Group’s 

sandwich business following the impairment of goodwill made in 2012 – following a review of forecast earnings and cash flow projections 

the Committee was satisfied that no further impairment had occurred; 

• 

assessing whether there was sufficient banking headroom to support a going concern concept – an amendment and extension of banking 

facilities was completed before the year end, increasing the facilities. Based on forecast earnings and cash flow projections the Committee 

was satisfied that the going concern concept can be supported;

• 

the review of accruals and provisions, including customer overriders, in respect of liabilities not settled at the year end date – these were 

discussed with the various management teams. The Audit Committee was satisfied that any provisions not required were released and that 

the accrual for liabilities not provided appeared to have been reasonably calculated;

• 

the valuation of the closed defined benefit pension scheme – a triennial valuation was carried out by external advisers and the outcome was 

reflected in the financial statements. The Audit Committee reviewed the reasonableness of the key assumptions, including obtaining input 

from the external auditors; and 

• 

the valuation process of biological assets following the acquisition of pig herds during the year – biological assets were valued in line with 

the requirements of IAS 41 using adjusted market data inputs. The net IAS 41 valuation movement on the biological assets was highlighted 

separately on the face of the income statement. The Audit Committee reviewed a paper from the Finance Director on the basis of 

calculation and was satisfied that the standard had been fairly applied and the required disclosures made in the financial statements.

The Audit Committee, after discussions with the external auditors, accepted that these issues noted above had been fairly treated in the financial 

statements. The Committee also reported to the Board that it was satisfied that the financial statements taken as a whole are fair, balanced and 

understandable and provide the information for Shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy. 

Risk management and internal control 
The Audit Committee is responsible for keeping under review the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control and risk management systems. 

The Chair of the Audit Committee reports to the Board, following each Audit Committee meeting, on issues relating to internal controls and risk 

management. 

The Group has a whistle blowing policy in place, including an independent help line, which includes arrangements by which staff can, in 

confidence, raise concerns about possible improprieties in financial reporting and other matters. The policy, together with any whistle blowing 

incidents, is reviewed regularly by the Audit Committee.

Key ongoing processes include:

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

a system to identify, evaluate and manage business risk;

maintaining a strong control environment;

formulating, reviewing policies and procedures in relation to whistle blowing and compliance with the Bribery Act;

an information and communication process; and
a monitoring system and a regular review of effectiveness by the Audit Committee.

40

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

A Group Risk Committee monitors the risk areas within the Group and 
reports directly to the Audit Committee. The Risk Committee is chaired 
by the Finance Director and includes other senior executives covering 
the commercial, operational, technical, information technology, 
engineering, health and safety, environmental and financial functions 
of the business. Internal audit and the Company Secretary also attend 
these meetings. The team identifies the key business risks within their 
functions, considers the financial and operational implications and 
assesses the effectiveness of the control processes in place to mitigate 
these risks. Internal Audit completes a rolling program of reviews of site 
risk registers, to challenge completeness and accuracy, and highlights 
any key issues back to the Group Risk Committee.

A summary of the findings was reported to and reviewed by the Audit 
Committee and the Board and this, along with the Board’s direct 
involvement in the strategies of the businesses, investment appraisal 
and the budgeting process, enabled the Audit Committee to review 
and report to the Board on the effectiveness of internal control. 

end of the current statutory audit partner’s five year term as lead  
audit partner. 

The Audit Committee also approves the terms of engagement 
and remuneration of the external auditors and monitors their 
independence.

Effectiveness of the external audit process
During the year, the Committee undertook a review of Ernst & Young’s 
performance and the effectiveness of the external audit process. The 
assessment as to the effectiveness was conducted through an external 
audit questionnaire with the Audit Committee members and the 
Group’s senior finance management team, the results of which were 
reviewed and discussed by the Audit Committee and with the auditors. 
The Committee also gave consideration to Ernst & Young’s experience 
and expertise, the extent to which the audit plan had been met, its 
robustness and perceptiveness with regard to key accounting and 
audit judgements, and the content of its audit reports.

Following its review the Audit Committee reported to the Board 

that it was not aware of any significant deficiencies, or material 

weaknesses, in the system of internal control and that the business 

The Committee remains satisfied with Ernst & Young’s performance 
and is of the view that there is nothing of concern that would impact 
the effectiveness of the external audit process.

maintains a sound risk management control system.

Internal Audit
The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring the performance 
and effectiveness of the Company’s internal audit activities. The 
Group’s Internal Audit function includes Company employees 
supported by a third party provider, currently Grant Thornton, which 
provides specialist advice and resource where necessary. The role 
of Internal Audit is to advise management and to report to the Audit 
Committee on the extent to which systems of internal control are 
effective and to provide independent and objective assurance that 
the processes by which significant risks are identified, assessed and 
managed are appropriate and effectively applied.

The Audit Committee reviewed and approved the annual internal audit 
plan and received regular updates on progress in meeting the plan 
objectives at each of its meetings during the year. The internal audit 
approach is risk based and takes into account the overall Group risk 
framework, as well as risks specific to individual operations. The plan 
set out at the beginning of the current year was achieved. Internal 
audit findings together with responses from management were 
considered by the Audit Committee and where necessary challenged. 
The Audit Committee also reviewed progress by management in 
addressing the issues identified on a timely basis. The Audit Committee 
undertook its annual review of the extent and effectiveness of the work 
of the Internal Audit function.

External auditors
Ernst & Young LLP has been the Group’s auditor since 1972 following 
the take-over of a local Hull based practice. The Audit Committee 
assesses annually the qualification, expertise, resources and 
independence of the auditor and the effectiveness of the  
audit process. 

The Audit Committee is also responsible for recommendations for 
the appointment, reappointment or removal of the external auditors. 
The Committee periodically reviews the tendering of the external 
audit function, the last such tender being in 2008. Subject to ongoing 
satisfactory performance of the external auditors, the Committee 
expects to carry out another tendering exercise in 2017 following the 

Auditor independence
The Group meets its obligations for maintaining an appropriate 
relationship with the external auditors through the Audit Committee, 
whose terms of reference include an obligation to consider and 
keep under review the degree of work undertaken by the external 
auditor, other than the statutory audit, to ensure such objectivity 
and independence is safeguarded. There is an established policy in 
place concerning the types of non-audit services the external auditors 
should not carry out to avoid compromising their independence and 
these include internal accounting or other financial services, executive 
or management roles or functions, and remuneration consultancy. 
In addition, the Chair of the Audit Committee is consulted prior to 
awarding to the external auditors any non-audit services in excess of 
£20,000.

During the year the Audit Committee reviewed and considered the 
following factors in assessing the objectivity and independence of Ernst 
& Young LLP:

i)   

ii)   

iii)  

iv)  

the auditors’ procedures for maintaining and monitoring 
independence, including those to ensure that the partners 
and staff have no personal or business relationships with the 
Group, other than those in the normal course of business 
permitted by UK ethical guidance;
the auditors’ policies for the rotation of the lead partner, 
every five years, and key audit personnel. The current Senior 
Statutory Audit Partner was selected by Ernst & Young in 2012 
and the current senior manager has been in place since 2008;
the nature of non-audit work undertaken during the year 
and its approval in accordance with the Audit Committee’s 
guidelines for ensuring independence; and
a report from Ernst & Young LLP confirming that they have 
adequate policies and safeguards in place to ensure that 
auditor objectivity and independence is maintained.

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

41

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Details of the non-audit work and fees paid during the year are set out below:

Non-audit fees

Tax compliance services

Tax advisory services

Other services

Total non-audit fees

Total audit fees

Ratio of non-audit fees to audit fees

£’000

75

46

158

279

175

1.6 : 1

The work undertaken by the external auditors during the year 

Following consideration of the above matters relating to the 

and the safeguards considered by the Audit Committee to ensure 

performance and independence of the external auditors at a meeting 

independence included the following:

of the Audit Committee in May 2014, a recommendation was made 

to the Board for the reappointment of Ernst & Young LLP as the 

i)   

The auditors provide tax advice. Their audit objectivity and 
independence was safeguarded through the use of a separate 

Company’s external auditors to be proposed to Shareholders at the 
2014 Annual General Meeting.

tax partner.

ii)   

Ernst & Young were engaged to advise the Company on a 

behalf by:

This report was approved by the Audit Committee and signed on its 

number of corporate transactions. Following a tender, for this 

type of work, carried out in 2011/12, and given the nature of 

the work during the following years it was concluded, after 

careful consideration and following reports and discussions 

with the Finance Director and the senior management team, 

that Ernst & Young were best placed to carry out this work. 

Their audit objectivity and independence was safeguarded 

through the use of a separate corporate transactions partner 

and prior approval by the Chair of the Audit Committee on a 

John Worby
Chair of the Audit Committee

case by case basis.

19 May 2014

The Audit Committee is aware of, and sensitive to, investor body 

guidelines on non-audit fees and the policy of awarding non-audit 

services is kept under review to ensure that the correct balance is 

maintained between ensuring that the Group realises cost-effective 

benefits from accumulated knowledge, and experience of,  

Ernst & Young whilst also making sure that their audit independence 

and objectivity is maintained.

During this last year the Audit Committee was concerned that the 

level of non-audit fees earned by Ernst & Young was increasing due 

to the continuing corporate activity being undertaken by the Group 

and that, as a result, unless some action was taken, the ratio of non-

audit to audit fees paid to Ernst & Young would consistently be above 

one to one. It therefore took the decision to carry out a tendering 

exercise for the Group’s tax compliance services. This process involved 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, KPMG, Grant Thornton, BDO and Baker 

Tilly. On 31 January 2014 PricewaterhouseCoopers was appointed to 

provide tax compliance services to the Group. As a result the  

non-audit fees earned by Ernst & Young should reduce accordingly.

42

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

43

 
 
 
 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

The Nomination Committee reviews the structure, size and composition of the Board and is responsible for considering the skills, knowledge, 

experience and gender for the Board to operate effectively and to give consideration to succession planning.

The Nomination Committee since the retirement of Patrick Farnsworth on 31 July 2013 is chaired by Martin Davey and includes the Non-Executive 

Directors John Worby, Steven Esom, Kate Allum, and from 1 May 2014 Mark Reckitt.

Total number of Committee meetings

Attendance

Martin Davey – Chair

Kate Allum

Steven Esom

John Worby

Role of the Committee
The Committee meets at least once a year, it reviews the structure, 
size and composition of the Board and considers the optimal level 
of independence and diversity of skills, knowledge, experience and 
gender required for the Board to operate effectively. It is responsible 
for considering and making recommendations to the Board on new 
appointments of Executive and Non-Executive Directors. It also gives 
due consideration to succession planning in the course of its work, 
taking into account the challenges and opportunities facing the Group 
and the skills and expertise needed within the Board and senior 
management in the future. 

Activities of the Committee
The Committee met on three occasions in the year ended  
31 March 2014 to consider the following matters: 

• 

• 
• 

the structure, size, composition and diversity of both the Board 
and its Committees;
succession planning for the Group and senior executives;
the diversity policy for the Group; 

3

3

3

3

3

• 

• 

recommendations to the Board on the appointment of a  
Non-Executive Director; and
the Committee’s Terms of Reference to ensure they reflect the 
Committee’s remit.

The Committee has reviewed the diversity policy which provides for 
equality and fairness, recognising and respecting individual strengths 
and differences. The policy enables all employees and prospective 
employees to be treated in the same way. Whilst the Board and 
Nomination Committee respects the benefits of diversity and supports 
it in its approach to external recruitment and internal appointments, 
it is not considered appropriate or necessary to set any specific or 
measurable targets. All appointments are made on individual merit 
regardless of gender, ethnicity or religious beliefs. The Group’s 
principal concern is to ensure that all candidates have the appropriate 
skills, knowledge and experience to fulfil the role.

44

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Appointment to the Board
During the year the Committee acknowledged that John Worby will 
complete nine years as an Independent Non-Executive Director on  
1 August 2014. As he will no longer be considered independent after 
this point under Corporate Governance rules and best practice, the 
Company will be required to have another Independent  
Non-Executive Director. The Board carried out a formal, rigorous 
and transparent process by arranging for an independent adviser, 
Norman Broadbent Executive Search Limited, to short list a number 
of candidates for interview. No open advertising was carried out; the 
Committee preferred to use the services of an independent adviser. 
After carrying out the exercise and the preferred candidate meeting 
with the Committee and a number of Executive Directors, the Board 
appointed Mark Reckitt as an Independent Non-Executive Director. He 
is a chartered accountant, has considerable recent relevant financial 
experience and is well placed to succeed John Worby as Chair of 
the Audit Committee. He joined the Board on 1 May 2014. Norman 
Broadbent Executive Search Limited does not have any connections 
with the Company or Group. 

Retirement from the Board
Bernard Hoggarth has announced his intentions to retire from the 
Board after the Annual General Meeting following an association of 
36 years with the Company. There are no plans to replace him on the 
Board as Jim Brisby’s appointment as Sales and Marketing Director in 
2010 and Adam Couch’s promotion to Chief Executive in 2012 were 
considered by the Board as part of the succession  
planning needed for when Bernard retired.

Re-election

All Directors who served throughout the year will be standing for  

re-election at the Annual General Meeting apart from John Worby, 

who will have completed nine years as an Independent Non-

Executive Director on 1 August 2014, and Bernard Hoggarth who 

has announced his retirement from the Board after the Annual 

General Meeting. Mark Reckitt, who joined since the last Annual 

General Meeting. will be standing for election.

The Board has set out in the Notice of Annual General Meeting 
its reasons for supporting the re-election of the Directors at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting. Their biographical details on 
page 33 demonstrate the range of experience and skills which each 
brings to the benefit of the Company.

The Chair of the Nomination Committee will attend the Annual General 
Meeting to respond to any Shareholder questions that might be raised 
on the Committee’s activities.

On behalf of the Board

Martin Davey
Chair of the Nomination Committee

19 May 2014

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

45

 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Letter from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder,

Introduction
On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present the Remuneration Committee’s annual report on Directors’ remuneration for the year ended  

31 March 2014. The report sets out the Group’s remuneration policy and gives details of the remuneration paid to Executive and Non-Executive 

Directors for their services to the Company during the year.

Role of the Remuneration Committee and principles of remuneration policy
The principal role of the Remuneration Committee is to determine and agree with the Board the policy for the remuneration of the Executive 

Directors. Within the framework of the agreed policy the Committee is responsible for all aspects of the Executive Directors’ remuneration and 

those senior executives earning in excess of £150,000 per annum, for monitoring the remuneration of other senior executives and administering 

the long-term incentive arrangements. It undertakes a regular review of the incentive plans to ensure that they remain appropriate to the 

Company’s current circumstances, prospects and strategic priorities and that, in particular, the remuneration policy adopted is aligned with and 

based on the creation of value for shareholders and provides appropriate incentives for management to achieve this objective without taking 

inappropriate business risks. The Committee also reviews and notes annually the remuneration trends across the Group and any major changes 

in employee benefit structures.

Activities of the Committee
The Committee met on six occasions in the year ended 31 March 2014 to consider the following matters:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

review the Executives Directors’ and other senior executives base salaries;

set corporate and personal objectives for the 2013/14 annual bonus arrangements for Executive Directors and senior executives;

assess the performance against the targets set for the Executive Directors’ bonus arrangements for 2012/13;

approve the outturn of the performance criteria for the Long Term Incentive awards which were granted in 2010;

approve the Long Term Incentive awards granted in 2013;

recommend to the Board for approval the issue of the Company’s Save As You Earn (SAYE) share scheme for 2013 which is available to all 

eligible employees; and

consider the revised remuneration reporting regulations and prepare this report on Directors’ remuneration.

Remuneration disclosure
This report complies with the requirements of the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 as 

amended in 2013 (the “Regulations”), the principles of the 2012 UK Corporate Governance Code and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct 

Authority. It is split into two distinct sections:

First, a policy report which is subject to Shareholders approval:

• 

• 

• 

sets out the different elements which make up the Executive Directors’ remuneration;

explains how each component operates; and

details the performance metrics which underpin each element of remuneration.

Second, it contains an Annual Report on Remuneration, which discloses how the policy for Executive remuneration has been applied during 
the year.

Overview of the last financial year
As highlighted in the Chairman’s Statement on pages 4 and 5, Cranswick made positive progress, with adjusted operating profit and earnings per 

share ahead of last year. The targets set by the Remuneration Committee, which had been based on the Group Budget for the year, anticipated 

the challenging trading environment with strong inflationary pressures within the supply chain and a highly competitive retail environment. It 

was necessary for management to step change performance in order to meet these targets with emphasis on growing sales through innovation, 

high operational efficiency, growing volumes in the critical Christmas period and mitigate the rapid increase in raw material price inflation. The 
performance was above the targets set. Accordingly bonus payments were made at around 47 per cent of salary, just lower than a third of the 

maximum available of 150 per cent.

As reported last year the pay award to the Executive Directors base salaries, on 1 May 2013, was 3.3 per cent which is reflected in the table 

on page 53 other than for Adam Couch who received a second and final step increase on 1 May 2013 to align with market rates following his 

appointment as Chief Executive on 1 August 2012. Further details of Adam’s salary review are set out on page 53. 

46

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Highlights for the current financial year
No changes are being proposed to the Group’s current policy on Executive remuneration. In accordance with current policy, the Executive 

Directors, were awarded an increase of 2.7 per cent in line with the annualised increase in the Retail Prices Index (RPI) as at 28 February 2014, to 

be effective from 1 May 2014. This award is consistent with the benchmark for the review of other senior executives and the level of pay award 

across the Group which also takes into account local practices and regional variations in pay and conditions. 

Summary
Executive remuneration policy will continue to be monitored to ensure it is correctly aligned with the Group’s business strategy.  

The Remuneration Committee considers the policy, set out in this report, to be an appropriate one which aims to properly reward performance in 

line with the Company’s business objectives and growth and delivery of Shareholder value.

On behalf of the Board

Steven Esom
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

19 May 2014

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

47

 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Remuneration policy report
The remuneration policy that is intended to apply, subject to Shareholders’ approval, from 1 May 2015 is detailed below. Current remuneration 

arrangements will be in line with this policy.

Link between policy, strategy and structure
Cranswick’s remuneration policy is principally designed to attract, motivate and retain Executive Directors and senior executives to execute 

effectively its corporate and business strategy in order to deliver annual operating plans and sustainable year on year profit growth, as well as 

to generate and preserve value to its Shareholders over the longer term without encouraging excessive levels of risk taking. The principles and 

values that underpin the remuneration strategy are applied on a consistent basis for all Group employees. It is the Group’s policy to reward 

all employees fairly, responsibly and by reference to local market practices, by providing an appropriate balance between fixed and variable 

remuneration.

The remuneration package is in two parts:

• 

• 

a non-performance part represented by basic salary (including pension and benefits); and 

a significant performance related element in the form of a profit related bonus and share-based awards.

The details of individual components of the remuneration package and service contracts (to which there are no planned changes to the current 

approach in 2014–15) are set out below:

Element  

of pay

Purpose and  

link to strategy

Operation

Performance  

metrics

Maximum  

entitlement

Base salary

To provide a market 

Set competitively to reflect the 

Any increase is 

Base salaries will 

competitive base salary 

individual’s skills, experience and 

based on individual 

move in line with the 

to attract and retain 

responsibilities

performance, change 

RPI and consideration 

executives

in role and the 

of the level of pay 

Periodic reviews of market rates

Company pay award

awards for other 

employees. Every 

three years the base 

salary will be bench 

marked against 

market rates

Pension entitlement 

is limited to 20 per 

cent of base salary

Base salaries are reviewed annually 

and take into account inflation and 

performance and any changes take 

effect from 1 May. Every three years 

a review is carried out, with external 

advisers, to benchmark the salaries and 

to ensure they remain competitive

Pension

To provide a framework to 

Executive Directors are entitled to 

N/A

save for retirement

non-contributory membership of 

the Group’s defined contribution 

pension scheme with the employer’s 

contribution set at up to 20 per cent of 

each Executive Director’s base salary

Alternatively, at their option, Executive 

Directors may have contributions of the 

same amount paid to them in cash, in 

lieu of pension, subject to the normal 

statutory deductions

In some cases there are payments of 

pension contributions in lieu of salary

Benefits

To provide market 

Market competitive benefits principally 

N/A

competitive benefits as 

comprise health insurances, personal 

part of the remuneration 

tax, pensions advice and company car 

package

allowance

Benefits are not pensionable

Benefits will move in 

line with market rates

48

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Element  

of pay

Annual bonus

Purpose and  

link to strategy

To incentivise Executive 
Directors and senior 
executives linked to 
the performance of the 
business, on an annual 
basis, based on key 
financial metrics

Operation

Performance  

metrics

Maximum  

entitlement

The bonus scheme in operation is 
based on the achievement of Group 
profit targets which are set having 
regard to the Company’s budget, 
historical performance and market 
outlook for the year, the full details are 
given below

The performance 
is based solely on 
the Group’s profit 
before tax, with a 
sliding scale of targets 
set around budget 
performance

The maximum 
payable is 150 per 
cent of base salary

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

A small part of the bonus relates to 
the achievement of a target profit 
performance for the first half of the 
year, where a fixed sum is paid, with 
the remaining element based on an 
annual profits target 

The bonus targets are reviewed every 
year and changes take effect from  
1 April with interim payments being 
made in November and June the 
following year, provided targets are 
achieved

The total bonus is capped at 150 
per cent of basic salary and is non-
pensionable

There is a claw back arrangement 
in place should the need arise, for 
example, if the profit on which any 
bonus is paid is subsequently found to 
be overstated

Subject to approval by the Board of 
awards to be made SAYE options 
are made available to eligible staff, 
including Executive Directors, with the 
full 20 per cent discount being given 
to the relevant share price at the time. 
Employees can save up to £250 per 
month in this scheme. For 2014 the 
savings limit has been increased to 
£500 per month

The LTIP awards are granted by the 
Remuneration Committee and only vest 
after three years on the achievement 
of demanding targets aligned to total 
shareholder return (TSR) and earnings 
per share (EPS), the full details of which 
are reported on page 50

N/A

Fees are reviewed periodically and take 
into account market rates. Additional 
payments may be paid to the Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
and to Chairs’ of Board Committees to 
reflect the additional responsibilities 
attached to these positions

Non-Executive Directors do not 
participate in the Group’s incentive 
bonus arrangement, pension scheme, 
or share-based awards

N/A

Going forward the 
maximum that can 
be saved is limited to 
£500 per month

The LTIP award 
during the year will 
have a three year 
performance period 
commencing on  
1 April of that year 
and ending three 
years later on  
31 March

For Executive 
Directors the value 
of the entitlement 
per annum is 
equivalent to 100 
per cent of salary 
and in exceptional 
circumstances this 
can be increased to 
200 per cent

The maximum 
available moves in 
line with market rates

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

49

Share-based awards

A Save As You Earn (SAYE) 
share scheme is available 
to all eligible employees

Long-term incentive (LTIP) 
awards are available to 
ensure that executives and 
senior management are 
involved in the longer-term 
success of the Group

Fees payable to Non-

Executive Directors

To pay fees in line with 
those paid by other 
UK listed companies of 
comparable size

 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Long term incentive plan (LTIP)
The Remuneration Committee awards options under the LTIP scheme 

in order to ensure that Executive Directors and senior management 

Recruitment policy
The recruitment policy is that new Directors will be entitled to 

are involved in the longer-term success of the Group. Options can only 

participate in the short-term and long-term incentive plans on the 

be exercised if certain performance criteria are achieved by the Group. 

same basis as existing Directors and their level of pay may be based on 

their increasing role and responsibilities and in line with market rates.

• 

50 per cent of the options granted are subject to an earnings per 

share (EPS) target measured against average annual increases 

in the Retail Price Index (RPI) over a three year period. The EPS 

Overall policy
The Group’s policy is that the overall remuneration package offered 

target allows 25 per cent of the shares subject to the target to be 

should be sufficiently competitive to attract, retain and motivate high 

issued at nil cost at an average annual outperformance above RPI 

quality executives whilst giving consideration to salary levels in similar 

of 3 per cent and 100 per cent of the shares at an average annual 

sized quoted companies in the sector and in the region. Their  

outperformance of 7 per cent with outperformance between  

share-based awards (LTIP) are aligned with the long-term progress 

3 and 7 per cent rewarded pro rata. 

of the Group and in line with the Shareholders’ interests. The bonus 

award is linked to the performance of the business based on key 

• 

50 per cent are aligned to a total shareholder return (TSR) target 

financial metrics. 

measured against a comparable group of food companies 

over a three year period. The TSR target allowed 30 per cent of 

the shares subject to the target to be issued at nil cost at the 

50th percentile and 100 per cent at the 75th percentile with 

performance between the 50th and 75th percentiles rewarded 
pro-rata.

The comparison companies used by Cranswick are:
Associated British Foods plc, A G Barr plc, Britvic plc, Carrs Milling 

Industries plc, Dairy Crest Group plc, Devro plc, Greencore Group 

Service contracts
The Remuneration Committee’s current policy is not to enter into 

employment contracts with any element of notice period in excess of 

one year. Accordingly, the following Executive Directors have a one year 
rolling contract: Adam Couch commencing 1 May 2006 (revised  

1 August 2012), Mark Bottomley from 1 June 2009 and Jim Brisby from 

26 July 2010. For early termination the Remuneration Committee will 

consider the circumstances including any duty to mitigate loss and 

determine compensation payments accordingly.

plc, Hilton Food Group plc, Kerry Group plc, McBride plc, Premier 

The service contract for Martin Davey includes a one year notice period 

Foods plc, Robert Wiseman Dairies plc (to the 2011 offer as no-

from 1 May 2006 except in the case of a takeover of the Company 

longer quoted) and Tate and Lyle plc.

Under the terms of the scheme an award to an individual cannot 

exceed 100 per cent of that individual’s annual salary except in 

exceptional circumstances when up to 200 per cent of the annual 

salary is permitted. The Remuneration Committee, which decides 

whether performance conditions have been met, considers EPS 

and TSR to be the most appropriate measures of the long-term 

when the notice period is two years for the first six months following 

the takeover. The contract also has special provisions relating to 

liquidated damages requiring that the notice period stipulated in the 

contract will be paid in full. These conditions were incorporated into 

new contracts several years ago when the Directors changed from 

contracts that had notice periods of up to three years. Whilst these 

contractual terms differ from the current policy, the Remuneration 

Committee has concluded that it would not be appropriate, in the 

circumstances, to seek to further amend the contractual terms agreed 

performance of the Group.

with this individual in 2006.

Annual bonus arrangement
The bonus scheme in operation is based on the achievement of Group 

profit targets which are set having regard to the Company’s budget, 

Bernard Hoggarth has a similar contract though he has given notice 

that he will retire at the 2014 Annual General Meeting.

historical performance and market outlook for the year. The actual 

There are no termination or exit payments in any of the service 

target is not disclosed as it is considered to be sensitive information. 

contracts. Any sums payable up to the point of leaving will be 

There are four bonus profit targets triggering 20 per cent, 40 per cent, 

considered by the Remuneration Committee and will take into account 

80 per cent and 150 per cent of base salaries with a pro-rata basis for 

earnings, any bonus earned, any share awards due and any pay in 

profits falling between those targets. There is a fixed sum paid out at 

lieu of notice. Similarly it is not the intention of the Remuneration 

the half year stage based on the achievement of the half year target.

Committee to commit the Company to pay signing on payments for 

any new directors, though it reserves the right to review this position in 

Discretion
The Committee retains discretion to make any payments, 

certain situations.

notwithstanding that they are not in line with the policy set out above, 

where the terms of the payment were agreed i) before the policy 

Non-Executive Directors
Each Non-Executive Director has an appointment letter – John Worby 

came into effect, or ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not 

for 31 months from 1 January 2012, Steven Esom for three years from 

a director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the 

12 November 2011, Kate Allum for three years from  

payment was not in consideration of the individual becoming a Director 

1 July 2013 and Mark Reckitt three years from 1 May 2014. The 

of the Company. 

continuing appointments are subject to annual re-election at the 

Company’s Annual General Meeting.

50

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is determined by the 

The following are the key aspects of how pay and employment 

Executive Directors and reflects:

• 

• 

the time, commitment and responsibility of their roles; 

that their fees are reviewed annually with consideration being 

given to market rates and the need to attract and retain 

individuals with the necessary skills and experience; and

• 

that they do not participate in the Group’s incentive bonus 

arrangement, pension scheme or share-based awards.

Copies of the service contracts and letters of appointment are held at 

the Company’s Registered Office and will be available for inspection at 

the Annual General Meeting.

Pay and conditions across the Group
The Committee does not directly consult with employees regarding the 

conditions across the Group are taken into account when setting the 

remuneration of employees including the Executive Directors:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the Group operates within the UK food sector and has many 

employees who carry out demanding tasks within the business;

all employees, including Directors, are paid by reference to the 

market rate;

performance is measured and rewarded through a number of 

performance related bonus schemes across the Group including 

LTIP share options for Executive Directors and senior executives;

performance measures are cascaded down through the 

organisation to individual businesses;

the Group offers employment conditions that are commensurate 

with a medium sized quoted company, including high standards of 

health and safety and equal opportunities; and

remuneration of the Executive Directors. However, when considering 

• 

the Group operates a Save As You Earn share schemes which is 

remuneration levels to apply, the Committee will take into account 

open to all eligible employees including Executive Directors. (It 

base pay increases, bonus payments and share awards made to the 

is worth noting that around 20 per cent of the workforce holds 

Company’s employees generally.

shares in the Company).

Potential remuneration of Executive Directors
The tables below illustrate the potential pay opportunities for the Executive Directors under three different scenarios for 2014/15.

Chairman £’000

Chief Executive £’000

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

38%

37%

25%

31%

30%

39%

100%

  LTIP
  Bonus

  Basic

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

23%

33%

44%

100%

29%

43%

28%

Fixed

On target

Maximum

Fixed

On target

Maximum

Finance director £’000

Sales director £’000

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

• 
• 

• 

31%

41%

28%

24%

33%

43%

100%

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

24%

33%

43%

100%

31%

41%

28%

  LTIP

  Bonus

  Basic

Fixed

On target

Maximum

Fixed

On target

Maximum

Fixed – comprises fixed pay being base salary, benefits and pension
On target – assumes performance achieves 50 per cent of the bonus and 50 per cent of the LTIP award

Maximum – the maximum amount receivable for the bonus and LTIP award

The LTIP value has been calculated using the closing price as at 31 March 2014.

  LTIP
  Bonus

  Basic

  LTIP

  Bonus

  Basic

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

51

 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2014

The Remuneration Committee recommends to the Board the policy for the Executive Directors’ remuneration including terms and conditions 

of service, the performance conditions for the annual cash bonus and long-term incentive schemes, and the total remuneration packages for 

senior executives.

The Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is responsible to the Board and comprises the Non-Executive Directors chaired by Steven Esom. The Chairman 

attends the meetings, along with the Chief Executive and the Finance Director, in an advisory capacity as and when requested and the Company 

Secretary attends the meetings as secretary to the Committee. No individual is involved in decisions relating to their own remuneration.

Total number of Committee meetings

Attendance

Steven Esom – Chair

Kate Allum (2 maximum)

Patrick Farnsworth (4 maximum)

John Worby

6

6

2

4

6

Role of the Committee
The role of the Committee is to:

Advisers to the Committee
The Committee keeps itself fully informed on the developments within 

the industry and in the field of remuneration and seeks advice from 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

review the ongoing relevance and effectiveness of the Group 

external advisers where appropriate. The Committee reviews and 

remuneration policy; 

benchmarks its remuneration policy through external consultants 

determine the remuneration of the Company’s Executive Directors 

typically every two to three years; the last such review was carried out 

and other senior executives earning in excess of £150,000  

by AON Hewitt in 2011, effective for 2012, and the intention is for a 

per annum; 

further review to be undertaken in 2014 for implementation in 2015. 

monitor the remuneration of the Group’s other senior executives; 

approve the design of the Executive Directors’ and the Group’s 

AON Hewitt, which is independent and has no connection to 

senior executives’ annual bonus arrangement; 

Cranswick, has been retained by the Remuneration Committee for 

approve the level and appropriateness of the long-term incentive 

advice throughout the year. AON Hewitt provides no other services to 

plan (LTIP) for the Executive Directors and senior executives; and

the Company though it is now part of the AON Corporation group of 

listen to and consider any Shareholders views relating to Directors 

companies which also provide insurance broking services to the Group. 

remuneration as expressed at the AGM.

No payment was made to AON Hewitt in the year. The Committee 

is satisfied that the provision of such services does not create any 

Activities of the Committee
The Remuneration Committee met on six occasions during the year 

conflicts of interest. 

to discuss in the main the Executive Directors and senior executives 

In addition PricewaterhouseCoopers continues to give advice to the 

base salaries, the bonus arrangements for the current and previous 

Remuneration Committee on share option awards and other benefit 

year and their share based incentive awards. Also discussed was 

schemes. PricewaterhouseCoopers has given Auto Enrolment pension 

the issue to all eligible employees share options in accordance with 

advice to the Group during the year and has recently been appointed 

the Company’s SAYE scheme. Consideration was also given to the 

as tax advisers to the Group. The Committee is of the opinion that such 

requirements of the new reporting regulations.

services do not create a conflict of interest. 

The Committee believes the advice given during the year from both 

AON Hewitt and PricewaterhouseCoopers has been independent, 

relevant and objective. 

52

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Directors’ remuneration
The remuneration of Directors for the year was as detailed below: 

2014

Non-Executive Directors

Kate Allum (from appointment)

Steven Esom

Patrick Farnsworth (until retirement)

John Worby

Executive Directors

Mark Bottomley

Jim Brisby

Adam Couch

Martin Davey

Bernard Hoggarth

Total emoluments

2013

Non-Executive Directors

Steven Esom

Patrick Farnsworth

John Worby

Executive Directors

Mark Bottomley

Jim Brisby

Adam Couch

Martin Davey

Bernard Hoggarth

Total emoluments

Salary  
and fees
£’000

Benefits

Pension

Bonus

£’000

£’000

£’000

34

50

16

51

369

331

542

586

300

-

-

-

-

29

28

31

31

28

2,279

147

-

-

-

-

74

66

108

135

60

443

-

-

-

-

172

154

252

272

139

989

Salary  
and fees
£’000

Benefits

Pension

Bonus

£’000

£’000

£’000

47

45

49

357

320

453

687

369

-

-

-

28

26

28

29

29

2,327

140

-

-

-

72

63

91

150

74

450

-

-

-

536

481

681

1,031

554

3,283

LTIP

£’000

-

-

-

-

133

114

154

174

174

749

LTIP

£’000

-

-

-

122

65

171

171

171

700 

Total

£’000

34

50

16

51

777

693

1,087

1,198

701

4,607

Total

£’000

47

45

49

1,115

955

1,424

2,068

1,197

6,900

Adam Couch’s salary had a first step increase in August 2012 following 
his promotion from Chief Operating Officer to Chief Executive. A 
second and final step increase was awarded on 1 May 2013 and his 
salary is now considered by the Remuneration Committee to be in line 
with market rates.

Martin Davey has reduced his working hours as Chairman and his 
salary has therefore been adjusted accordingly. His pension payment 
includes £18,000, previously deducted from pension contributions for 
life assurance not now required by the Life Company and subsequently 
repaid to Martin in lieu of pension.

Benefits principally comprise health insurances, personal tax, pensions 
advice and company car allowance.

Pension consists of contributions of up to 20 per cent of base salary 
which is paid either into a defined contribution pension scheme or is 
received as a cash allowance in lieu of the pension contribution, or, as 
a combination of both.

The value of the LTIP for the year ended 31 March 2014 relates to 
awards made in 2011 with a performance criteria based on the three 
years ended 31 March 2014 that will vest in June 2014, calculated at 
the closing price on 31 March 2014 of 1,233 pence. It is estimated 
that the EPS element of the award will not achieve its performance 

target and only 49.6 per cent of the TSR element of the award will be 
achieved. Overall only about 24.8 per cent of the grant will be awarded 
and this is reflected in the above 2014 table.

The value of the LTIP for the year ended 31 March 2013 relates to 
awards, made in 2010, with a performance criteria based on the three 
years ended 31 March 2013 that vested in June 2013, calculated at an 
exercise price of 1,103.21 pence for Adam Couch, Martin Davey and 
Bernard Hoggarth and 1,137.27 pence for Mark Bottomley and Jim 
Brisby. The EPS element of the award did not achieve its performance 
target but 86 per cent was achieved of the TSR measure giving an 
overall award of 43 per cent and this is reflected in the 2013 table above.

The bonus targets set by the Remuneration Committee, which 
had been based on the Group Budget for the year, anticipated the 
challenging trading environment with strong inflationary pressures 
within the supply chain and a highly competitive retail environment. 
The minimum performance was above the targets set and therefore 
bonus payments were made at around 47 per cent of salary and this is 
reflected in the table above.

The number of Directors who were active members of the money 
purchase pension scheme in the year was five (2013: five).

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

53

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Performance graph – total shareholder return
The graph below shows the percentage change (from a base of 100 in May 2004) in the total shareholder return (with dividends reinvested) 

for each of the last ten years on a holding of the Company’s shares against the corresponding change in a hypothetical holding in the shares 

of the FTSE 350 Food Producers and Processors Price Index (“FTSE FPP”) and the FTSE All Share Index (“FTSE All Share”). The FTSE FPP and the 

FTSE All Share were chosen as representative benchmarks of the sector and the market as a whole for the business.

Total shareholder return

Cranswick

FTSE All Share

FTSE 350 Food Producers

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2004

Source: Investec

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

The table below illustrates the change in the total CEO remuneration over a period of five years, with the bonus awards in those years and the 

LTIP vesting awards set against a percentage of the maximum available.

£'000

Base salary

Benefits

Pension

Bonus

LTIP

CEO total remuneration

Bonus award against 
maximum opportunity

LTIP vesting against 
maximum opportunity

2010

2011

2012

2013*

2014

464

24

93

705

172

1,458

97%

85%

483

25

97

107

207

919

14%

100%

508

28

102

453

243

1,334

56%

93%

505

28

86

639

171

1,429

80%

43%

542

31

108

252

154

1,087

31%

25%

*Bernard Hoggarth was the Chief Executive in 2010, 2011, 2012 and up to four months into 2013; thereafter Adam Couch has been in the role.

54

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Change in total remuneration of the Chief Executive compared to employees
The table below shows the percentage change from 2013 to 2014 in the Chief Executive’s salary compared to the change for all permanent 

employees of the business (excluding the Chief Executive).

Chief Executive

All other employees – total pay

Total pay

(24%)

3%

Salary

7%

-

Benefits

10%

-

Bonus

(61%)

-

As reported on page 53 Adam Couch’s base salary had a second and final step change during the year following his appointment to the role of 
Chief Executive in August 2012, to bring him in line with market rates.

For all other employees it is impractical to split their pay across salary, benefits and bonus as there are differing practices and regional variations 
in pay and conditions across the Group.

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The table below shows the total remuneration paid across the Group together with the total dividend paid in respect of 2014 and the preceding 

financial year.

Pay against distributions

Remuneration paid to all employees*

Total dividends paid in the year

*: Includes the impact of pay awards and growth in employee numbers.

Share options
The interests of the Executive Directors in the LTIP and SAYE schemes were as follows:

Long term incentive plan

2014 
£’000

107,090

14,903

2013 
£’000

98,284

13,924

Change 
%

9%

7%

Year of  
award

At 1 April 
2013  

Mark Bottomley

Jim Brisby

Adam Couch

Martin Davey

Bernard Hoggarth

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2010

2011

2012

2013

2010

2011

2012

2013

Granted 
in the 
year
No.

-

-

-

-

No.

12,276

25,000

43,600

44,600

-

33,500

6,138

13,200

37,200

40,100

-

-

-

-

-

30,100

30,225

36,000

50,500

59,100

-

-

-

-

-

49,200

36,000

56,800

59,100

-

-

-

-

53,100

36,000

56,800

51,600

-

-

-

-

27,200

Exercised in 
the year 

No.

(12,276)

Lapsed 
in the 
year
No.

-

(10,750)

(14,250)

-

-

-

(6,138)

(5,676)

-

-

-

(30,225)

(32,787)

-

-

-

(7,524)

(27,974)

-

-

-

(15,480)

(20,520)

-

-

-

(37,976)

-

-

(15,480)

(20,520)

-

-

-

(42,714)

-

-

(15,480)

(20,520)

-

-

-

(42,714)

-

-

At 31 March 
2014

Exercise 
price

No.

-

-

10,813

44,600

33,500

-

-

9,226

40,100

30,100

-

-

12,524

59,100

49,200

-

14,086

59,100

53,100

-

14,086

51,600

27,200

p

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

Market 
price at 
grant
p

592

860

785

801

1,127

592

860

785

801

1,127

592

860

785

801

1,127

860

785

801

1,127

860

785

801

1,127

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

55

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

The performance periods run for three years from 1 April in each year and conclude on 31 March three years later and are exercisable on the 

attainment of certain performance criteria detailed on page 50. The range of exercise dates are 1 June 2014 to 1 June 2023.

The LTIP, issued in 2011, which vests in June 2014, will not achieve the EPS target but will achieve 49.6 per cent of the TSR measure giving a share 

award of 24.8 per cent. Of the original award, as shown above, 75.2 per cent will therefore lapse. 

The options granted in the year are exercisable between 1 June 2016 and 1 June 2023 and are equivalent to 100 per cent of each Executive 

Director’s base salary. The share price at the time of issue was 1,127p.

If the minimum performance was achieved the EPS element would give 25 per cent and the TSR element would give 30 per cent; overall  

27.5 per cent of the grant would be awarded. If this was the case Mark Bottomley would receive 9,212 shares, Jim Brisby 8,277, Adam Couch 

13,530, Martin Davey 14,602 and Bernard Hoggarth 7,480.

The following Directors exercised LTIP share options during the year:

Mark Bottomley

Jim Brisby

Adam Couch

Martin Davey

Bernard Hoggarth

Saving related share option scheme

Number

Date exercised

Exercise 
price

Market 
price

Notional 
gain

23,026 

6 December 2013

11,814

6 December 2013

45,705

15,480

15,480

7 June 2013

7 June 2013

7 June 2013

p

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

p

£’000

1,137.28

1,137.28

1,103.21

1,103.21

1,103.21

262

134

504

171

171

Year of  
award

At 1 
April  
2013
No.

Granted 
in the 
year
No.

Exercised 
in the 
year
No.

Lapsed  
in the  
year 
No.

At 31 
March 
2014
No.

Exercise 
 price

p

Range of  
exercise dates

Mark Bottomley
Jim Brisby

Adam Couch

Martin Davey
Bernard Hoggarth

2011
2009
2013
2009
2011
2011
2011

2,590
3,533
-
2,484
936
1,554
1,554

-
-
982
-
-
-
-

-
(3,533)
-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

2,590
-
982
2,484
936
1,554
1,554

1 Mar 2017 – 1 Sept 2017
579
-
-
1 Mar 2017 – 1 Sept 2017
916
474
1 Mar 2016 – 1 Sept 2016
579 1 May 2019 – 1 Sept 2019
1 Mar 2015 – 1 Sept 2015
579
1 Mar 2015 – 1 Sept 2015
579

The Executive Directors are eligible, as are other employees of the Group, to participate in the SAYE scheme, which by its nature does not have 

performance conditions. 

The following Executive Director exercised savings-related share options during the year:

Jim Brisby

3,533

3 March 2014

474 

1,262

p

p

£’000

28

Number

Date  
exercised

Exercise  
price

Market 
price

Notional  
gain

56

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Market price of shares
The market price of the Company’s shares at 31 March 2014 was 1,233 pence per share. The highest and lowest market prices during the year for 

each share option that was unexpired at the end of the year are as follows:

Options in issue throughout the year

Options issued during the year:

– SAYE

– LTIP

Directors’ Interests (Unaudited)

Mark Bottomley

Jim Brisby

Adam Couch

Martin Davey

Steven Esom

Bernard Hoggarth

John Worby

LTIP 
(Performance related)

SAYE 
(Non-performance 
related)

Beneficial 
interest

88,913

79,426

120,824

126,286

-

92,886

-

2,590

982

3,420

1,554

-

1,554

-

20,977

48,626

74,305

200,426

1,441

105,413

1,641

Highest 
p

1,321

Lowest 
p

986

1,321

1,321

1,186

1,055

Total

112,480

129,034

198,549

328,266

1,441

199,853

1,641

Kate Allum has no interests in the Company at the present time.

The Remuneration Committee has agreed that Executive Directors should build up a shareholding equivalent to one year’s net salary over a three 

to five year period, following the adoption of this policy in 2012. The Non-Executive Directors also agreed to build up a holding on the same basis.

There have been no further changes to the above interests in the period from 1 April 2014 to 19 May 2014. 

Statement of Shareholders' Voting
The resolution to approve the 2013 Directors’ Remuneration Report was passed on a show of hands at the Company’s last AGM held on  

29 July 2013. 

The votes cast by proxy in respect of that resolution were:

For

Against

Withheld

On behalf of the Board

Steven Esom
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

19 May 2014

Number

30,768,668

3,553,368

138,826

%

89.3%

10.3%

0.4%

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

57

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors submit their report and the audited accounts of the Group for the year ended 31 March 2014.

Dividends

Interim dividend per share paid on 24 January 2014

Final dividend per share proposed

Total dividend

2014

10.0p

22.0p

2013

9.4p

20.6p

£15.7m

£14.5m

Subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, the final dividend will be paid in cash or scrip form on 5 September 2014 to members on the 

register at the close of business on 4 July 2014. The shares will go ex-dividend on 2 July 2014.

Distributions, capital raising and share repurchases
The proposed final dividend for 2014 together with the interim paid in January 2014 amount to 32.0 pence per share which is 6.7 per cent higher 

than the previous year. Share capital increased by 434,357 shares. The increase comprised 243,021 of shares issued relating to share options 

exercised during the year and 191,336 of shares issued in respect of scrip dividends.

Directors and their interests
Details of the Directors’ beneficial interests in the ordinary shares of the Company and in share options over the ordinary share capital of the 

Company are included in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 46 to 57.

In accordance with the recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code, all Directors, apart from John Worby and Bernard Hoggarth, will 

stand for re-election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Major Shareholders
The Company has been informed of the following significant holdings of voting rights in the ordinary shares of the Company:

Invesco Perpetual

Legal & General Investment Management

Wellington Management

Schroder Investment Management

Jupiter Asset Management

NBIM

Fidelity Management & Research

At 31 March 2014

Number of shares

% of issued share capital

12,735,640

2,330,789

2,006,353

1,753,837

1,708,127

1,672,229

1,603,277

26.01

4.76

4.10

3.58

3.49

3.42

3.27

Subsequent to the year end the Group was notified that as at  

The Directors of Cranswick plc have received limited authority to 

7 May 2014 Invesco Perpetual had reduced its shareholding to  

disapply Shareholders’ pre-emption rights in certain circumstances, 

22.35 per cent and that Woodford Investment Management had 

to authorise the Company to buy back a proportion of the Company’s 

acquired a 3.65 per cent shareholding. There have been no other 

share capital and to allow the Directors to allot shares. Further 

notifications of any significant changes to these shareholdings as at  

resolutions will be placed before the Annual General Meeting to be 

19 May 2014.

held on 28 July 2014 to renew these powers.

Share capital structure
The Company has one class of shares, being ordinary shares of  

10 pence each. The allotted and fully paid up share capital is shown in 

note 23. There are no special rights pertaining to any of the shares  

in issue.

At the last Annual General Meeting the Directors received authority 

from the Shareholders to:

Allot shares
This gives Directors the authority to allot authorised but unissued 

shares and maintains the flexibility in respect of the Company’s 

financing arrangements. The nominal value of ordinary shares which 

58

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

the Directors may allot in the period up to the next Annual General 

shares) as at 3 June 2013. The Directors do not have any present 

Meeting, to be held on 28 July 2014, is limited to £1,622,222 which 

intention of exercising this authority and power. This authority will 

represented approximately 33 per cent of the issued share capital 

expire at the end of the Annual General Meeting to be held on 28 

(excluding treasury shares) as at 3 June 2013. The Directors do not 

July 2014.

have any present intention of exercising this authority other than in 

connection with the issue of ordinary shares in respect of the scrip 

dividend offer and the Company’s share option plans. This authority 

To buy own shares 
This authority allows the Company to buy its own shares in the 

will expire at the end of the Annual General Meeting to be held on 

market, as permitted under the Articles of Association of the 

28 July 2014.

Disapplication of rights of pre-emption
This disapplies rights of pre-emption on the allotment of shares 

Company, up to a limit of 10 per cent of the Company’s issued share 

capital. The price to be paid for any share must not be less than  

10 pence, being the nominal value of a share, and must not exceed 

105 per cent of the average middle market quotations for the 

by the Company and the sale by the Company of treasury shares. 

ordinary shares of the Company as derived from the London Stock 

The authority will allow the Directors to allot equity securities for 

Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately 

cash pursuant to the authority to allot shares mentioned above, 

preceding the day on which the ordinary shares are purchased. 

and to sell treasury shares for cash, on a pro-rata basis to existing 

The Directors have no immediate plans to exercise the powers of 

Shareholders (but subject to any exclusion or arrangements 

the Company to purchase its own shares and undertake that the 

as the Directors consider necessary or expedient in relation to 

authority would only be exercised if the Directors were satisfied that 

fractional entitlements, any legal, regulatory or practical problems 

a purchase would result in an increase in expected earnings per 

or costs under the laws or regulations of any overseas territory or 

share and was in the best interests of the Company at the time. This 

the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange) and 

authority will expire at the end of the Annual General Meeting to be 

otherwise on a pro rata basis up to an aggregate nominal amount 

held on 28 July 2014. The Directors would consider holding any of its 

of £243,333, representing 5 per cent of the Company’s issued share 

own shares that it purchases pursuant to this authority as treasury 

capital as 3 June 2013. This authority will expire at the end of the 

shares.

Annual General Meeting to be held on 28 July 2014.

Allot shares and disapply pre-emption  

the year end the Group held no treasury shares.

rights in connection with a rights issue
This authorises the Directors to allot relevant securities and 

The Company is not aware of any agreements between Shareholders 

empowers the Directors to allot equity securities and to sell treasury 

that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities and for 

The Company did not repurchase any shares during the year and at 

shares for cash in connection with a rights issue. This is in addition 

voting rights.

to the authority to allot shares and the disapplication of pre-emption 

rights contained in the authorities mentioned above. The nominal 

There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the 

value of ordinary shares which the Directors may allot in the period 

Company other than where certain restrictions may apply from time to 

up to the next Annual General Meeting, to be held on 28 July 2014, is 

time, on the Board of Directors and other senior executive staff, which 

limited to £1,622,222 which represented approximately 33 per cent 

is imposed by laws and regulations relating to insider trading laws and 

of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury 

market requirements relating to close periods.

Capital structure
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios in order to 

support its business and maximise value for Shareholders and other stakeholders.

The Group regards its Shareholders’ equity and net debt as its capital and manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of 

changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to Shareholders, return 

capital to Shareholders or issue new shares. No changes were made to the objectives, policies or processes during the years ended 31 March 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

2014 and 31 March 2013.

The Group’s capital structure is as follows:

Net debt (note 26)

Cranswick plc Shareholders’ equity

Capital employed

2014

£’m

17.0

302.7

319.7

2013

£’m

20.1

273.7

293.8

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

59

 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Change of control
There are no agreements that the Company considers significant and 

Interest rate risk 

The Group’s current policy is to manage its cost of borrowing using 

to which the Company is party that would take effect, alter or terminate 

a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. Whilst fixed rate interest 

upon change of control of the Company following a takeover bid other 

bearing debt is not exposed to cash flow interest rate risk, there 

than the following:

is no opportunity for the Group to enjoy a reduction in borrowing 

costs in markets where rates are falling. In addition, the fair value risk 

The Company is party to a number of banking agreements which upon 

inherent in fixed rate borrowing means that the Group is exposed to 

a change of control of the Company are terminable by the bank upon 

unplanned costs should debt be restructured or repaid early as part 

the provision of ten working days’ notice, and there are no agreements 

of the liquidity management process. In contrast, whilst floating rate 

between the Company and its Directors or employees providing for 

borrowings are not exposed to changes in fair value, the Group is 

compensation for loss of office or employment (whether through 

exposed to cash flow risk as costs increase if market rates rise. The 

resignation, purported redundancy or otherwise) that occurs because 

Group has reduced its borrowings significantly in recent years and 

of a takeover bid other than as stated in the Remuneration Committee 

at 31 March 2014 gearing had fallen to 6 per cent (2013: 7 per cent). 

Report relating to Martin Davey and Bernard Hoggarth.

Long Term Incentive Plan

In the event of a general offer being made to acquire part or all of 

the issued share capital of the Company as a result of which the 

Given this conservative debt structure the Group has not fixed the 

interest rate on any part of its current facility. The Board will keep 

this situation under constant review and will fix the interest rate on 

a proportion of the Group’s borrowing at such time as it becomes 

appropriate to do so. The monitoring of interest rate risk is handled 

offeror may acquire control of the Company, award holders under the 

entirely at head office, based on the monthly consolidation of cash flow 

Cranswick plc Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) will have an opportunity 

projections and the daily borrowings position.

to exercise their awards either:

Credit risk

1. 

immediately before the time at which the change of control of the 

Practically all sales are made on credit terms, the majority of which 

Company occurs or any condition subject to which the offer is 

are to the major UK food retailers. Overdue accounts are reviewed at 

made has been satisfied (“Take-over Date”) but conditional on the 

monthly management meetings. The incidence of bad debts is low. 

Take-over Date occurring, if the Remuneration Committee issues a 

For all major customers, credit terms are agreed by negotiation and 

written notice in advance of the Take-over Date to award  

holders; or

for all other customers, credit terms are set by reference to external 

credit agencies and/or commercial awareness. Every attempt is made 

2. 

at any time within six months following the Take-over Date, in any 

to resist advance payments to suppliers for goods and services; where 

other case.

this proves commercially unworkable, arrangements are put in place, 

where practical, to guarantee the repayment of the monies in the event 

In the event that the Court sanctions a scheme of arrangement under 

of default.

Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006 in connection with a scheme for 

the Company’s reconstruction or amalgamation with another company, 

Liquidity risk

award holders under the LTIP may exercise their awards during the 

The Group has historically been very cash generative. The bank 

six month period commencing on the date upon which the scheme 

position for each site is monitored on a daily basis and capital 

of arrangement is sanctioned by the Court. The LTIP also contains 

expenditure is approved at local management meetings at which at 

provisions enabling award holders to exercise their awards if a person 

least two members of the main Board are present and reported at the 

becomes entitled to issue a compulsory acquisition notice under the 

subsequent monthly main Board meeting. Major projects are approved 

provisions relating to the compulsory acquisition of a company set out 

by the main Board. Each part of the Group has access to the Group’s 

in the Companies Act 2006. The period allowed for exercise in these 

overdraft facility and all term debt is arranged centrally. The Group 

circumstances is any time up to the seventh day before the final day 

renewed its bank credit facilities in March 2014. The facility is made 

upon which that person remains entitled to serve such a notice.

up of a revolving credit facility of £120.0 million including a committed 

overdraft facility of £20.0 million. The Group manages the utilisation 

In each case, the proportion of the awards that are capable of exercise 

of the revolving credit facility through the monitoring of monthly 

depends on the extent to which the performance targets (as adjusted 

consolidated cash flow projections and the daily borrowings position. 

The current facility extends the maturity of the Group’s available 

financing to more than four years, providing it with reduced liquidity 

risk and medium-term funding to meet its objectives. Unutilised 

facilities at 31 March 2014 were £102.2 million (2013: £78.1 million).

Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by a 
special resolution at a general meeting of the Shareholders.

or amended) have been satisfied.

Financial instruments
Functional currency

The functional currency of all Group undertakings is sterling. 

Foreign currency risk

The foreign exchange risk facing the Group is in the purchasing of 

charcuterie products. The currency involved is the euro. The policy of 

the Group is to seek to mitigate the impact of this risk by taking out 

forward contracts for up to twelve months ahead and for amounts that 

commence at approximately 25 per cent of the requirement and move 

progressively towards full cover. The Finance Director is consulted 

about the key decisions on currency cover.

60

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
Annual General Meeting and Special Business to be 
transacted at the Annual General Meeting
The notice convening the Annual General Meeting can be found in the 

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of 
information to auditors
The Directors who were members of the Board at the time of 

separate Notice of Annual General Meeting accompanying this Report 

approving the Directors’ Report are listed on page 33. Having made 

and Accounts.

enquiries of fellow Directors and of the Company’s auditors, each of 

these Directors confirm that:

Details of the Special Business to be transacted at the Annual General 

Meeting are contained in the separate letter from the Chairman which 

• 

to the best of each Director’s knowledge and belief, there is no 

also accompanies this Report and Accounts and covers the Directors’ 

information relevant to the preparation of their report of which 

authority to allot shares, the partial disapplication of pre-emption rights 

the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

and the authority for the Company to buy its own shares.

• 

each Director has taken all the steps a Director might reasonably 

Greenhouse gas emissions
Details of the Group’s geenhouse gas emissions are included within the 

Corporate Social Responsibility section on pages 29 and 30.

Employment policies
The Group’s policy on employee involvement is to adopt an open 

management style, thereby encouraging informal consultation at all 

be expected to have taken to be aware of relevant audit 

information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are 

aware of that information.

Directors’ responsibility statement
Each of the Directors listed on page 33 confirms that to the best of 

their knowledge:

levels about aspects of the Group’s operations. Employees participate 

• 

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS as 

directly in the success of the business by participation in the SAYE 

adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair review of the 

share option schemes.

assets, liabilities, financial position and results of Cranswick and its 

subsidiaries included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

Employment policies are designed to provide equal opportunities 

• 

the Directors’ Report and the Strategic Report include a fair 

irrespective of colour, ethnic or natural origin, nationality, sex, religion, 

review of the development and performance of the business 

marital or disabled status. Full consideration is given to applications for 

and the position of Cranswick and its subsidiaries included in the 

employment by and the continuing employment, training and career 

consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the 

development of disabled people.

principal risks and uncertainties that they face. 

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to 

affect its future development, performance and position are set out 

in the Review of activities. The financial position of the Group, its cash 

flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described above, 

as are the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its 

capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial 

instruments and hedging activities; and its exposure to credit risk and 

liquidity risk.

By order of the Board

Malcolm Windeatt
Company Secretary

19 May 2014

The Group has considerable financial resources together with strong 

Company number: 1074383

trading relationships with its key customers and suppliers. As a 

consequence, the Directors believe that the Group is well placed to 

manage its business risk successfully.

After reviewing the available information, including business plans and 

making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the 

Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence 

for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the 

going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Auditors
A resolution to reappoint Ernst & Young LLP as independent external 

auditors will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

61

 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF DIRECtORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
IN RELATION TO THE ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group financial statements in accordance with applicable United Kingdom 

law and regulations. Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group financial statements for each financial year. Under that law, the 

Directors are required to prepare Group financial statements under IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. 

Under company law the Directors must not approve the Group financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of 

the state of affairs of the Group and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing the Group financial statements the Directors 

are required to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

present fairly the financial position, financial performance and cash flows of the Group; 

select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and then apply 

them consistently;

present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information; 

make judgements that are reasonable; 

provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs as adopted by the European Union is insufficient to 

enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the Group‘s financial position and financial 

performance; and 

• 

state whether the Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, subject to 

any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group‘s transactions and 

disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and enable them to ensure that the Group financial statements 

comply with the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and 

hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for preparing the Strategic Report, the Directors’ Report, the Remuneration Committee Report and the 

Corporate Governance Statement in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and applicable regulations, including the requirements of the 

Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules. 

On behalf of the Board

Martin Davey 
Chairman  

19 May 2014

Mark Bottomley
Finance Director

62

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

63

 
 
 
 
REPORT OF THE AUDITORS
TO THE MEMBERS OF CRANSWICK plc

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Cranswick plc

We have audited the financial statements of Cranswick plc for the year 

ended 31 March 2014 which comprise the Group income statement, 

the Group and Company statements of comprehensive income, 

• 

• 

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and 

the parent company financial statements have been properly 

the Group and Company balance sheets, the Group and Company 

prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 

statements of cash flows, the Group and Company statements of 

Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 

changes in equity and the related notes 1 to 29. The financial reporting 

Companies Act 2006; and

framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law 

• 

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 

and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted 

the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 

by the European Union and, as regards the parent company financial 

group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 

Companies Act 2006. 

Our assessment of risks of material misstatement 
We identified the following risks that have had the greatest effect on 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in 

the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and 

accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 

directing the efforts of the engagement team:

Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 

Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 

in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 

permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 

other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for 

• 

• 

• 

revenue recognition, including the timing of revenue recognition 

and the risk of management override;

accounting for rebates and similar arrangements; and

accounting for acquisitions, including purchase price allocation, 

our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

recognition of intangible assets and goodwill, and the treatment of 

contingent consideration and earn-out arrangements.

Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditor 
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set 

out on page 62, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of 

Our application of materiality 
We determined materiality for the Group to be £2.7 million  

the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true 

(2013: £2.4 million) which is approximately 5 per cent of pre-tax profit. 

and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion 

This provided a basis for determining the nature, timing and extent 

on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 

of risk assessment procedures, identifying and assessing the risk of 

International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards 

material misstatement and determining the nature, timing and extent 

require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical 

of further audit procedures. 

Standards for Auditors. 

Scope of the audit of the financial statements 
 An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and 

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment 

of the Group’s overall control environment, our judgement was that 

overall performance materiality (i.e. our tolerance for misstatement in 

disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable 

an individual account or balance) for the Group should be 75 per cent 

assurance that the financial statements are free from material 

of materiality, namely £2.1 million (2013: £1.8 million). Our objective 

misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an 

in adopting this approach was to ensure that total uncorrected and 

assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to 

undetected and audit differences in all accounts did not exceed our 

the Group’s and the parent company’s circumstances and have been 

materiality level. 

consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of 

significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the 

presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we read all the 

Committee all audit differences in excess of £139,000, as well as 

financial and non-financial information in the Report & Accounts to 

differences below that threshold that, in our view warranted reporting 

identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements 

on qualitative grounds. 

and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect 

based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by 

us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any 

An overview of the scope of our audit 
Following our assessment of the risk of material misstatement to 

apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the 

the Group financial statements, we selected 13 components which 

implications for our report. 

Opinion on financial statements 
In our opinion the financial statements:

represent the principal business units within the Group and account 

for 98 per cent of the Group’s revenue and 98 per cent of the Group’s 
profit before tax. These 13 were subject to a full audit, whilst we also 

selected a further one component that was subject to audits of specific 

account balances. A further two components were subject to review 

• 

give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the 

procedures. 

parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2014 and of the Group’s 

profit for the year then ended; 

64

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

For the remaining components, we performed other procedures to 

confirm there were no significant risks of material misstatement in the 

Group financial statements. 

Matters on which we are required to report  
by exception 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following: 

The audit work at the 13 locations subject to a full scope audit and the 

Under the ISAs (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if, in 

one location subject to a specific scope audit were executed at levels of 

our opinion, information in the Annual Report is: 

materiality applicable to each individual entity which were much lower 

than the Group materiality. 

Our response to the risks identified above was as follows:

• 

• 

materially inconsistent with the information in the audited 

financial statements; or 

apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially 

inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in the 

• 

We performed walkthroughs of revenue processes and carried 

course of performing our audit; or 

out a combination of controls testing, substantive cut-off testing, 

• 

is otherwise misleading.

journal entry testing and substantive analytical review procedures 

to assess the appropriateness of revenue recognition.

• 

We performed walkthroughs of the processes for rebates 

In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified 

any inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired during the audit 

and similar arrangements. We performed substantive audit 

and the Directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report 

of year end over-rider accruals with reference to underlying 
documentation, and we assessed the completeness of amounts 

is fair, balanced and understandable and whether the annual report 
appropriately discloses those matters that we communicated to the 

accrued with reference to the Group’s customer base. We also 

Audit Committee which we consider should have been disclosed. 

vouched significant payments to supporting evidence of payment.

• 

For acquisitions in the period we obtained and understood sales 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in 

and purchase agreements to ensure the appropriateness of the 

our opinion:  

allocation of the purchase price and the recognition of intangible 

assets. For acquisitions that arose in prior periods we tested the 

• 

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

subsequent measurement of contingent consideration liabilities 

and challenged the accounting treatment to ensure that it was 

appropriate.

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

• 

the parent company financial statements and the part of 

Opinion on other matter prescribed  
by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion:

• 

the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has 

been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 

the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are 

not made; or 

we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit; or 

a Corporate Governance Statement has not been prepared by the 

• 

• 

• 

2006; and

Company.

• 

the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ 

Report for the financial year for which the Group financial 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:  

statements are prepared is consistent with the Group financial 

statements; and

• 

the information given in the Corporate Governance Statement 

set out on pages 34 to 37 with respect to internal control and risk 

management systems in relation to financial reporting processes 

and about share capital structures is consistent with the financial 

• 

• 

statements.

the Directors’ statement, set out on page 61, in relation to going 

concern; and 

the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to 

the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the UK 

Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Alistair Denton (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor

Hull

19 May 2014

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

65

 
 
 
 
GROUP INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2014

Revenue 

3 

994,905   

875,171

Notes 

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

(Restated)

Adjusted	Group	operating	profit 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 

Release of contingent consideration 

Net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets 

Group	operating	profit 

Finance revenue 
Finance costs 

Profit	before	tax 

Taxation 

Profit	for	the	year 

Earnings	per	share	(pence) 

On	profit	for	the	year: 
Basic 

Diluted 

On	adjusted	profit	for	the	year: 
Basic 

Diluted 

53,255   

50,041 

-   
1,086   
1,441   

(1,836)

-

-

55,782   

48,205

32	  
(1,057)	  

62
(963)

54,757   

47,304

(11,550)   

(11,165)

43,207   

36,139

88.7p   
88.3p   

84.1p   
83.7p   

74.9p

74.7p

78.7p

78.5p

12 
14 
15 

4 

6 
6 

7 

10 
10 

10 
10 

The restatement of the comparative reflects an amendment to IAS 19 Employee Benefits; further details can be found in notes 2 and 25.

66

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

	
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
GROUP STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2014

Profit	for	the	year	

43,207	 	

36,139

Notes 

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

(Restated)

Other	comprehensive	income	
Other	comprehensive	income	to	be	reclassified	to	profit	or	loss	in	subsequent	periods:	
Cash flow hedges	

Losses arising in the year	
Reclassification adjustments for losses included in the income statement 

Income tax effect	

Net	other	comprehensive	income	to	be	reclassified	to	profit		

or	loss	in	subsequent	periods	

Items	not	to	be	reclassified	to	profit	or	loss	in	subsequent	periods: 
Actuarial (losses)/ gains on defined benefit pension scheme 

Income tax effect 

Net	other	comprehensive	income	not	being	reclassified	to	profit		
or	loss	in	subsequent	periods 

Other	comprehensive	income,	net	of	tax 

20	
20	

25	

(18)	 	

4	 	

3	 	

(11)	 	

(4,177)   
735   

(3,442)   

(3,453)   

(4)

69

(15)

50

1,077

(293)

784

834

Total	comprehensive	income,	net	of	tax 

39,754   

36,973

COMPANY STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2014

Company profit for the year of £17,344,000 (2013: £16,826,000) was equal to total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of 

the parent in both years.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

67

 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
   
 
	
	
	
	 	
	
	
	 	
	
	
	 	
	
	
	 	
	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	
 
   
 
 
 
	
 
 
   
 
	
GROUP BALANCE SHEET 
AT 31 MARCH 2014

Non-current	assets 
Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Biological assets 

Financial assets 
Total	non-current	assets 

Current	assets 
Biological assets 

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Financial assets 

Cash and short-term deposits 
Total	current	assets 

Total	assets 

Current	liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

Financial liabilities 

Income tax payable 
Total	current	liabilities 

Non-current	liabilities 
Other payables 

Financial liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Provisions 

Defined benefit pension scheme deficit 
Total	non-current	liabilities 

Total	liabilities 

Net	assets 

Equity 
Called-up share capital 

Share premium account 

Share-based payments 

Hedging reserve 

Retained earnings 

Notes 

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

11 
12 
15 
18 

15 
16 
17 
18 
26 

19 
20 

19 
20 
7 
21 
25 

23 

130,535   
156,578   
1,174   
-   
288,287   

13,543   
47,426   
97,775   
-   
12,223   
170,967   

129,003

147,386

-

702

277,091

-

48,463

93,097

696

7,633

149,889

459,254   

426,980

(108,806)   
(327)   
(6,495)   
(115,628)   

(409)   
(28,898)   
(4,737)   
(343)   
(6,528)   
(40,915)   

(106,109)

(608)

(7,123)

(113,840)

(410)

(29,572)

(5,947)

(190)

(3,357)

(39,476)

(156,543)   

(153,316)

302,711   

273,664

4,896   
64,173   
7,779   
(15)   
225,878   

4,853

61,603

6,765

(4)

200,447

Equity	attributable	to	owners	of	the	parent 

302,711   

273,664

On behalf of the Board

Martin	Davey 
Chairman

19 May 2014

68

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

Mark	Bottomley
Finance Director

	
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET 
AT 31 MARCH 2014

Non-current	assets 
Property, plant and equipment  

Investments in subsidiary undertakings 

Deferred tax assets 
Total	non-current	assets 

Current	assets 
Trade and other receivables 

Cash and short-term deposits 
Total	current	assets 

Total	assets 

Current	liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

Income tax payable 
Total	current	liabilities 

Non-current	liabilities 
Financial liabilities 

Total	liabilities 

Net	assets 

Equity 
Called-up share capital 

Share premium account 

General reserve 

Merger reserve 

Share-based payments 

Retained earnings 

On behalf of the Board

Martin	Davey 
Chairman

19 May 2014

Mark	Bottomley
Finance Director

Notes 

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

12 
13 
7 

17 
26 

19 

548   
159,970   
540   
161,058   

26,531   
8,251   
34,782   

575

159,212

565

160,352

15,369

5,169

20,538

195,840   

180,890

(51,086)   
(983)   
(52,069)   

(42,446)

(1,270)

(43,716)

20 

(28,898)   

(28,498) 

23 

(80,967)   

(72,214)

114,873   

108,676

4,896   
64,173   
4,000   
1,806   
7,779   
32,219   

4,853

61,603

4,000

1,806

6,765

29,649

114,873   

108,676

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

69

 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2014

Operating	activities 
Profit for the year 
Adjustments	to	reconcile	Group	profit	for	the	year	to	net	cash	inflows	from	operating	activities: 
Income tax expense 

Net finance costs 

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Share-based payments 

Difference between pension contributions paid and amounts recognised in 
the income statement 

Release of government grants 

Release of contingent consideration 

Net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets 

Increase in biological assets 

Decrease/ (increase) in inventories 

Increase in trade and other receivables 

Increase in trade and other payables 

Cash generated from operations 

Tax paid 
Net	cash	from	operating	activities 

Cash	flows	from	investing	activities 
Interest received 

Principal amounts received in relation to loans advanced 

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

Receipt of government grants 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Proceeds from sale of investment classified as held for sale 
Net	cash	used	in	investing	activities 

Cash	flows	from	financing	activities 
Interest paid 

Proceeds from issue of share capital 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Dividends paid 

Repayment of capital element of finance leases and hire purchase contracts 
Net	cash	used	in	financing	activities 

Net increase/ (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	end	of	year 

Notes 

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

(Restated)

43,207   

36,139

7 

12 
12 
11 

14 

26 
26 

26 

11,550   
1,025   
(100)   
17,831   
-   
159   
1,014   

(1,006)   
(85)   
(1,086)   
(1,441)   
(176)   
1,497   
(3,910)   
4,702   
73,181   
(13,050)   
60,131   

28   
1,002   
(14,402)   
(27,684)   
100   
197   
-   
(40,759)	  

(1,094)   
410   
30,000   
(30,500)   
(12,700)   
(349)   
(14,233)   

5,139   
7,084   

11,165

901

(237)

15,486

1,786

119

1,162

(908)

(61)

-

-

-

(9,514)

(5,568)

10,561

61,031

(11,219)

49,812

62

696

(5,986)

(30,809)

-

318

221

(35,498)

(862)

491

-

(14,000)

(11,404)

(243)

(26,018)

(11,704)

18,788

12,223   

7,084

70

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

	
	
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2014

Operating	activities 
Profit for the year  
Adjustments	to	reconcile	Company	profit	for	the	year	to	net	cash	inflows	from	operating	activities: 
Dividends received 

Income tax expense 

Net finance cost 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

12 

Share-based payments 

Increase in trade and other receivables 

Increase in trade and other payables 

Cash generated from operations 

Tax paid 
Net	cash	from	operating	activities 

Cash	flows	from	investing	activities 
Interest received 

Dividends received 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Proceeds from sale of investment classified as held for sale 
Net	cash	from	investing	activities 

Cash	flows	from	financing	activities 
Interest paid 

Proceeds from issue of share capital 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Dividends paid  
Net	cash	used	in	financing	activities 

Net increase/ (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	end	of	year 

26 
26 

26 

Notes 

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

17,344	  

16,826

(12,700)	  
2,121   
3,654	  
31   
256   
(11,762)   
8,615   
7,559   
(2,254)	  
5,305   

6   
12,700   
(17)   
13   
-   
12,702   

(3,635)	  
410   
30,000   
(29,000)   
(12,700)   
(14,925)   

3,082   
5,169   

(11,404)

2,687

2,868

44

288

(6,283)

810

5,836

(2,617)

3,219 

-

11,404

(22)

-

221

11,603

(2,877)

491

-

(14,000)

(11,404)

(27,790)

(12,968)

18,137

8,251   

5,169

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

71

 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
GROUP STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2014

Share	 	

Share	 	

Share-	 	

Hedging	 	

Retained	 	

capital	 	

premium	 	

based	 	

reserve	 	

earnings	 	

Total

equity

Note	(a)		

Note	(b)	 	

Note	(e)	 	

Note	(f)

	 	 payments

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000

(Restated) 

At 31 March 2012 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Share-based payments 

Scrip dividend 

Share options exercised (proceeds) 

Dividends 
Deferred tax related to changes in equity 

Corporation tax related to changes in equity 

4,803   

58,642   

5,603   

(69)   

176,953   

245,932

-   

-   

-   

-   

31   

19   

-   
-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

2,489   

472   

-   
-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

1,162   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   

-   

65   

65   

-   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   

36,139   

769   

36,908   

-   

-   

-   

(13,924)   
370   

140   

36,139

834

36,973

1,162

2,520

491

(13,924)
370

140

At 31 March 2013 

4,853   

61,603   

6,765   

(4)   

200,447   

273,664

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Share-based payments 

Scrip dividend 

Share options exercised (proceeds) 

Dividends 

Deferred tax related to changes in equity 

Corporation tax related to changes in equity 

-   

-   

-   

-   

19   

24   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

2,184   

386   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

1,014   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

(11)   

(11)   

43,207   

(3,442)   

39,765   

43,207

(3,453)

39,754

1,014

2,203

410

-   

-   

-   

(14,903)   

(14,903)

246   

323   

246

323

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

At	31	March	2014	

4,896	 	

64,173	 	

7,779	 	

(15)	 	

225,878	 	

302,711

72

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

	
	
	
	 	
	
	
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2014

Share	 	

Share	 	

General	 	

Merger	 	

Share-	 	

Retained	 	

capital	 	

premium	 	

reserve	 	

reserve	 	

based	 	

earnings	 	

Total

equity

	 	 payments

Note	(a)	 	

Note	(b)		

Note	(c)	 	

Note	(d)	 	

Note	(e)

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000

At 31 March 2012 

4,803   

58,642   

4,000   

1,806   

5,603   

26,656   

101,510

Profit for the year, being total  
comprehensive income 

Share-based payments 

Scrip dividend 

Share options exercised 
(proceeds) 

Dividends 

Deferred tax related to changes  
in equity 

-   

-   

31   

19   

-   

-   

-   

-   

2,489   

472   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

16,826   

16,826

1,162   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

1,162

2,520

491

(13,924)   

(13,924)

91   

91

At 31 March 2013 

4,853   

61,603   

4,000   

1,806   

6,765   

29,649   

108,676

Profit for the year, being total  
comprehensive income 

Share-based payments 

Scrip dividend 

Share options exercised  
(proceeds) 

Dividends 

Deferred tax related to changes  
in equity 

-   

-   

19   

24   

-   

-   

-   

-   

2,184   

386   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

17,344   

17,344

1,014   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

1,014

2,203

410

(14,903)   

(14,903)

129   

129

At	31	March	2014	

4,896	 	

64,173	 	

4,000	 	

1,806	 	

7,779	 	

32,219	 	

114,873

Notes:

a)	

Share	capital

The balance classified as share capital represents the nominal value of ordinary 10 pence shares issued.

b)	

Share	premium

The balance classified as share premium includes the net proceeds in excess of nominal value on issue of the Company’s equity share capital, comprising  

10 pence ordinary shares.

c)	

General	reserve

This reserve arose in 1993 when the High Court of Justice granted permission to reduce the Company’s share premium account by £4,000,000 which was credited to 

a separate reserve named the general reserve.

d)	 Merger	reserve

Where shares have been issued as consideration for acquisitions, the value of shares issued in excess of nominal value has been credited to the merger reserve 

rather than to the share premium account.

e)	

Share-based	payments	reserve

This reserve records the fair value of share-based payments expensed in the income statement, and in the case of the Company in relation to share-based  

payments to employees of subsidiary companies, capital contributions to cost of investments (note 24).

f)	

Hedging	reserve

This reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

73

 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	
	
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS

1.	 Authorisation	of	financial	statements	and	statement	of	compliance	with	IFRS

The Group and Company financial statements of Cranswick plc (the “Company”) for the year ended 31 March 2014 were authorised for issue 

by the Board of Directors on 19 May 2014 and the balance sheets were signed on the Board’s behalf by Martin Davey and Mark Bottomley. 

Cranswick plc is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The Company’s ordinary shares are traded on the 

London Stock Exchange.

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the 

European Union. The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union and 

as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group and by the 

Company are set out in note 2.

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption provided under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to publish its individual 

income statement and related notes.

2.	 Accounting	policies

Basis	of	preparation
The financial statements of Cranswick plc, both consolidated and Company, have been prepared under IFRS as adopted by the European 

Union and in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. A summary of the principal accounting policies, which have been consistently applied 

throughout the year and the preceding year, is as follows:

Basis	of	consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of Cranswick plc and its subsidiaries. The results of undertakings acquired 

or sold are consolidated for the periods from the date of acquisition or up to the date of disposal. Acquisitions are accounted for under the 

purchase method of accounting.

Judgements	and	key	sources	of	estimation	uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts 

reported for assets and liabilities as at the balance sheet date and the amounts reported for revenues and expenses during the year.  

However, the nature of estimation means that actual outcomes could differ from those estimates.

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, apart from those involving 

estimations, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Share-based payments 

Note 24 – measurement of share-based payments

Goodwill 

Provisions 

Pensions 

Acquisitions 

Note 11 – measurement of the recoverable amount of cash generating units containing goodwill

Note 21 – judgements in relation to amounts provided

Note 25 – pension scheme actuarial assumptions

Note 14 – fair values on acquisition

Trade receivable provisions 

Note 17 – provision for impairment of trade receivables

New	standards	and	interpretations	applied
The following accounting standards and interpretations became effective for the current reporting period:

International Accounting Standards (IAS/IFRSs) 
IFRS 7 

Financial Instruments: Disclosures 

Fair Value Measurement 

Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income (Amendment) 

1 July 2012

Employee Benefits 

Separate Financial Statements 

Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures 

May 2012 Annual Improvements 

1 January 2013

1 January 2013

1 January 2013

1 January 2013

Effective date
1 January 2013

1 January 2013

IFRS 13 

IAS 1 

IAS 19 (revised) 

IAS 27 (revised) 

IAS 28 (revised) 

IFRS  

74

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

IAS	1	Presentation	of	Items	of	Other	Comprehensive	Income	(Amendment)

The amendments to IAS 1 introduce a grouping of items presented in other comprehensive income. Items that could be reclassified  

(or recycled) to profit or loss at a future point in time now have to be presented separately from items that will never be reclassified.  

The amendment affected presentation only and had no impact on the Group’s financial position or performance.

IAS	19	(revised)	Employee	Benefits

IAS 19 (revised) includes a number of amendments to the accounting for defined benefit pension schemes. The principal impact on the Group 

of the application of this standard is that interest on pension scheme assets is now calculated by reference to the liability discount rate rather 

than the expected long-term yield on the assets, as was the case previously. The impact of the amendment on profit before tax for the prior 

year ended 31 March 2013 was to increase finance costs by £135,000, with a resulting reduction of 0.2 pence in both earnings per share and 

adjusted earnings per share. The amendment also led to a £33,000 reduction in the prior year tax charge, offset by an increase in income tax 

charged through other comprehensive income. There was no impact on the reported pension liability as the impact on the income statement 

was mitigated by an offsetting adjustment in the calculation of actuarial gains and losses in the statement of comprehensive income.

IFRS	13	Fair	Value	Measurement	

IFRS 13 establishes a single source of guidance for all fair value measurements. IFRS 13 does not change when an entity is required to use fair 
value, but rather provides guidance on how to measure fair value under IFRS when fair value is required or permitted. The resulting calculations 

under IFRS 13 affected the principles that the Group uses to assess the fair value, but the assessment of fair value under IFRS 13 has not 

materially changed the fair values recognised or disclosed. IFRS 13 mainly impacts the disclosures of the Group. It requires specific disclosures 

about fair value measurements and disclosures of fair values, some of which replace existing disclosure requirements in other standards.

The application of the other standards has not had a material effect on the net assets, results and disclosures of the Group.

New	standards	and	interpretations	not	applied
The IASB and IFRIC have issued a number of new standards and interpretations with an effective date after the date of these financial 

statements. The Directors do not anticipate that the adoption of these standards and interpretations will have a material impact on the Group’s 

and Company’s financial statements in the period of initial application. The standards not applied are as follows:

International Accounting Standards (IAS/IFRSs) 
IAS 32 (revised) 

Financial Instruments: Presentation on Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 

IFRS 7 

IFRS 9 

IFRS 10   

IFRS 11   

IFRS 12   

Financial Instruments: Disclosures (Amendment) – Initial Application of IFRS 9 

Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement  

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Joint Arrangements   

Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities   

Effective date*
1 January 2014

1 January 2015

1 January 2018

1 January 2014

1 January 2014

1 January 2014

* The effective dates stated above are those given in the original IASB/IFRIC standards and interpretations. As the Group prepares its financial    

  statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, the application of new standards and interpretations will be subject  

  to their having been endorsed for use in the EU via the EU Endorsement mechanism. In the majority of cases this will result in an effective date  

  consistent with that given in the original standard or interpretation but the need for endorsement restricts the Group’s discretion to early  

  adopt standards. The Group has not early adopted any of the above standards. 

Revenue
Revenue is recognised to the extent it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue, and any associated costs 

can be measured reliably. Revenue on the sale of goods is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have 

passed to the buyer on despatch and represents the value of sales to customers net of discounts, similar allowances and estimates of returns 

and excludes value-added tax.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

2.	 Accounting	policies	(continued)

Non-GAAP	measures	–	adjusted	Group	operating	profit,	adjusted	profit	before	tax	and	adjusted	earnings	per	share
Adjusted Group operating profit, adjusted profit before tax and adjusted earnings per share are defined as being before net IAS 41 valuation 

movement on biological assets, impairment charges and other significant non-trading items (being release of contingent consideration in 

the current period). These additional non-GAAP measures of performance are included as the Directors believe that they provide a useful 

alternative measure for Shareholders of the trading performance of the Group. The reconciliation between Group operating profit and  

adjusted Group operating profit is shown on the face of the Group income statement.

Income	statement	presentation
During the period, the Group has amended its income statement presentation to present cost of sales, selling and distribution costs, 

administrative expenses and gross profit within the notes to the financial statements (note 4) rather than on the face of the income statement 

as was the case previously. The Directors consider it appropriate to amend the income statement presentation in this way to facilitate a more 

meaningful comparison with prior and future periods following the acquisitions in the current period which introduce valuation movements on 

biological assets into the income statement.

Taxation
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, based on tax 

rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences at the 

balance sheet date between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences:

i) 

except where the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or the initial recognition of an asset or  

liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting profit nor  

taxable profit or loss; and

ii) 

in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the   

temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax  

losses, to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profits will be  

available against which the temporary differences can be utilised:

i) 

except where the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an  

asset or a liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting   

profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

ii) 

in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, deferred tax assets are only recognised  

to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be  

available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability is 

settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Income taxes relating to 

items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity are also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity 

and not in the income statement. Otherwise income tax is recognised in the income statement.

Dividends
Dividends receivable by the Company are recognised in the income statement if they are declared, appropriately authorised and no longer 

at the discretion of the entity paying the dividend, prior to the balance sheet date. Dividends payable by the Company are recognised when 

declared and therefore final dividends proposed after the balance sheet date are not recognised as a liability at the balance sheet date. 

Dividends paid to Shareholders are shown as a movement in equity rather than on the face of the income statement.

76

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business	combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the 

consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included in administrative 

expenses. 

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to 

the fair value of the contingent consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability will be recognised in accordance with IAS 39 either in 

profit or loss or as a change to other comprehensive income. 

Intangible	assets
Goodwill is the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid for a business over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and 

contingent liabilities acquired. Goodwill is capitalised and subject to an impairment review, both annually and when there are indications that 

the carrying value may not be recoverable. 

Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where the 

recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. When an entity is disposed of, any goodwill associated 

with it is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal except that goodwill arising on 

acquisitions prior to 31 March 2004 which was previously deducted from equity is not recycled through the income statement.

Intangible assets acquired as part of an acquisition of a business are capitalised at fair value separately from goodwill only if the fair value 

can be measured reliably on initial recognition and the future economic benefits are expected to flow to the Group. Customer relationships 

are amortised evenly over their expected useful lives of five years, with amortisation charged through administration expenses in the income 

statement.

Property,	plant	and	equipment
Property, plant and equipment are included at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment.

Freehold land is not depreciated. Depreciation is charged on property, plant and equipment on the depreciable amount, being cost less the 

estimated residual value (based on prices prevailing at the balance sheet date) on a straight line basis over their estimated useful economic 

lives, or the estimated useful economic lives of their individual parts.

Useful economic lives are principally as follows:

Freehold buildings 

Short leasehold improvements 

Plant and equipment 

Motor vehicles 

50 years

Remainder of lease

5 – 11 years

4 years

The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment individually or at the cash generating unit level when events  

or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Capitalised	borrowing	costs
Borrowing costs incurred in financing the construction of qualifying assets such as property, plant and equipment are capitalised up to the  

date at which the relevant asset is substantially complete. Borrowing costs are calculated using the Group’s weighted average cost of  

borrowing during the period of capitalisation. All other borrowing costs are expensed as incurred.

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are shown at cost less any provision for impairment.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

2.	 Accounting	policies	(continued)

Non-current	assets	held	for	sale
Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to 

sell. Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered through a sale transaction 

rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group 

is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for 

recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification. 

In the consolidated income statement for the reporting period, and for the comparable period of the previous year, income and expenses  

from discontinued operations are reported separately from continuing income and expenses down to the level of profit after taxes, even  

when the Group retains a non-controlling interest in the subsidiary after the sale. The resulting profit or loss (after taxes) is reported  

separately in the income statement.

Property, plant and equipment once classified as held for sale are not depreciated.

Accounting	for	leases
Finance	leases
i)	

Assets which are financed by leasing agreements that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee 

(finance leases) are capitalised at the inception of the lease at fair value or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease 

payments, in “Property, plant and equipment” and the corresponding capital cost is shown as an obligation to the lessor in  

“Borrowings”. Depreciation is charged to the income statement over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the term    

of the lease. The interest element of the rental obligations is allocated to accounting periods during the lease term to reflect a  

constant rate of interest on the remainder of the capital amount outstanding.

ii)	 Operating	leases

Leases which are not finance leases are classified as operating leases. Lease payments are charged to the income statement on a  

straight line basis over the term of the lease.

Government	grants	and	contributions
UK Regional Development Grants and grants receivable from the European Union and DEFRA in respect of property, plant and equipment  

are credited to deferred income and released to the income statement over the relevant depreciation period.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first in, first out basis) and net realisable value after making allowance for any obsolete or  

slow-moving items. In the case of finished goods, cost comprises direct materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of manufacturing 

fixed and variable overheads based on a normal level of activity.

Biological	assets
The Group’s biological assets consist of pigs in the form of breeding sows (classified as non-current assets) and their progeny for processing 

within the Group and externally (classified as current assets). On initial recognition and at the balance sheet date biological assets have been 

measured at their fair value less costs to sell, in line with IAS 41. Gains and losses in relation to the fair value of biological assets are recognised 

in the income statement, within “cost of sales”, in the period in which they arise.

Cash	and	cash	equivalents
Cash equivalents are defined as cash at bank and in hand including short-term deposits with original maturity within three months.  

For the purposes of the Group cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents net of outstanding bank 

overdrafts.

78

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial	instruments
i)	

Debt	instruments,	including	bank	borrowings

Debt instruments are initially recognised at the fair value of net proceeds received after the deduction of issue costs. Subsequently  

debt instruments are recognised at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Issue costs are charged to the income  

statement over the term of the debt at a constant rate on the balance sheet carrying amount under the effective interest method.

ii)	 Derivative	financial	instruments	

The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge its cash flow  

risks associated with interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations. Such derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value.

The fair value of forward contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with a similar maturity  

profile. The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined by reference to market values for similar instruments.

Where derivatives meet the hedging criteria under IAS 39 for cash flow hedges the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging  

instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the ineffective  

portion is recognised in the income statement. Gains or losses recognised in comprehensive income are transferred to the income  

statement in the same period in which the hedged item affects the net profit or loss. If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to   

occur, amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are transferred to the income statement.

For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting under IAS 39, any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are taken    

directly to net profit or loss for the period.

Financial	assets	–	loans	and	receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, do not 

qualify as trading assets and have not been designated as either fair value through profit and loss or available-for-sale. Such assets are carried 

at amortised cost using the effective interest method if the time value of money is significant. Gains and losses are recognised in the income 

statement when the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the amortisation process.

Foreign	currencies
In the accounts of each entity in the Group, individual transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into functional currency 

at the actual exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 

translated into functional currency at the rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Profits and losses on settlement of individual foreign currency 

transactions and movements on monetary assets and liabilities are dealt with in the income statement.

Employee	benefits
i)	

Pensions

A subsidiary of the Group operates a defined benefit pension scheme for certain employees which requires contributions to be made   

to a separate trustee administered fund. The scheme was closed to new members on 30 June 2004.

The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme is the present value of the defined 

benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognised past-service   

costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit method. The present  

value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high  

quality corporate bonds that are denominated in sterling, and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related  

pension liability.

The amounts charged to operating profit are any gains and losses on settlements and curtailments, and these are included as part  

of staff costs.

Past-service costs are recognised immediately in income, unless the changes to the pension scheme are conditional on the  

employees remaining in service for a specified period of time (the vesting period). In this case, the past-service costs are amortised on  
a straight line basis over the vesting period.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

2.	 Accounting	policies	(continued)

Employee	benefits	(continued)
i)	

Pensions	(continued)

The difference between the interest cost on plan liabilities and the expected return on plan assets is recognised in the income  

statement as other finance revenue or costs.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to the  

statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

The Group also operates a number of defined contribution schemes for employees under which contributions are paid into schemes    

managed by major insurance companies. Contributions are calculated as a percentage of employees’ earnings and obligations for  

contributions to the schemes are recognised as cost of sales or operating expenses in the income statement in the period in which  

they arise.

ii)	

Equity-settled	share-based	payments

The Group operates a savings-related share option scheme under which options have been granted to Group employees (“SAYE  

scheme”). In addition, the Group operates an Executive share option scheme (albeit currently not in use) and a Long Term Incentive 

Plan (LTIP) for senior Executives. Share options awarded are exercisable subject to the attainment of certain market based and  

non market-based performance criteria.

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date on which they are  

granted and is recognised as an expense over the vesting period, which ends on the date on which the relevant employees become 

fully entitled to the award. Fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. In valuing equity-settled  

transactions, no account is taken of any service and performance (vesting conditions), other than performance conditions linked to  

the price of the shares of the Company (market conditions). Any other conditions which are required to be met in order for an  

employee to become fully entitled to an award are considered to be non-vesting conditions. Like market performance conditions,  

non-vesting conditions are taken into account in determining the grant date fair value. 

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market  

or non-vesting condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied,  

provided that all other performance or service conditions are satisfied.

At each balance sheet date before vesting, the cumulative expense is calculated; representing the extent to which the vesting period  

has expired and management’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The movement in  

cumulative expense since the previous balance sheet date is recognised in the income statement, with a corresponding entry in  

equity.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled award, the  

cost based on the original award terms continues to be recognised over the original vesting period. In addition, an expense is  

recognised over the remainder of the new vesting period for the incremental fair value of any modification, based on the difference  

between the fair value of the original award and the fair value of the modified award, both as measured on the date of the  

modification. No reduction is recognised if this difference is negative.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled (including when a non-vesting condition within the control of the entity or employee is not 

met), it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not yet recognised in the income statement for the  

award is expensed immediately. Any compensation paid up to the fair value of the award at the cancellation or settlement date is  

deducted from equity, with any excess over fair value being treated as an expense in the income statement.

On transition to IFRS, the Group did not apply the measurement rules of IFRS 2 to equity settled awards granted before  

7 November 2002 or granted after that date and vested before 1 January 2005. However later modifications of such equity instruments  

are measured under IFRS 2.

80

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.	 Business	and	geographical	segments

IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of the internal financial information reported to the Chief Operating Decision 

Maker (“CODM”). The Group’s CODM is deemed to be the Executive Directors on the Board, who are primarily responsible for the allocation of 

resources to segments and the assessment of performance of the segments.

The CODM assesses profit performance using profit before taxation measured on a basis consistent with the disclosure in the Group accounts.

The Group reports on one reportable segment:

• 

Food – manufacture and supply of food products to UK grocery retailers, the food service sector and other food producers.

All Group revenues are received for the provision of goods; no revenues are received in relation to the provision of services.

Geographical	segments
The following table sets out revenues by destination, regardless of where the goods were produced:

UK 

Continental Europe 

Rest of world 

2014   
£’000	  

973,697	  
16,519   
4,689   

2013

£’000

849,836

20,222

5,113

994,905   

875,171

In addition to the non-UK sales disclosed above the Group also made sales to export markets through UK-based meat trading agents totalling 

£30,078,000 (2013: £20,122,000). Including these sales, total sales to export markets were £51,286,000 for the year (2013: £45,457,000).

Customer	concentration
The Group has three customers which individually account for more than 10 per cent of the Group’s total net revenue. These customers 

account for 26 per cent, 24 per cent and 11 per cent respectively. In the prior year these same three customers accounted for 28 per cent,  

23 per cent and 10 per cent respectively.

The Group’s non-current assets were all located within the UK for both 2014 and 2013.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

81

 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

4.	 Group	operating	profit    

Group operating costs comprise:

Cost of sales excluding net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets 

Net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets* 

Cost of sales 

Gross	profit	

Selling and distribution costs 

Administrative expenses excluding impairment and release of contingent consideration 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 

Release of contingent consideration 

Administrative expenses 

Total	operating	costs	

2014   
£’000	  

877,012   
(1,441)   
875,571   

2013

£’000

768,633

-

768,633

119,334	 	

106,538

35,995   

34,627

28,643   
-   
(1,086)   
27,557   

21,870

1,836

-

23,706

939,123   

826,966

*  This represents the difference between operating profit prepared under IAS 41 and operating profit prepared under historical cost  

  accounting, which forms part of the reconciliation to adjusted operating profit.

Group operating profit is stated after charging/ (crediting):

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

Amortisation of customer relationship intangible assets 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 

Release of government grants 

Operating lease payments – minimum lease payments  

Net foreign currency differences 

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense  

Increase in provision for inventories 

Auditors’	remuneration 

Fees	payable	to	the	Company’s	auditors	in	respect	of	the	audit

Audit of these financial statements 

Local statutory audits of subsidiaries 

Total audit remuneration 

Fees	payable	to	the	Company’s	auditors	in	respect	of	non-audit	related	services 

Tax compliance services 

Tax advisory services 

Other services 

Total non-audit related remuneration 

2014   
£’000	  

17,831   
159   
-   
(85)   
5,126   
(42)	  
637,807   
326   

30   
145   
175   

75   
46   
158   
279   

2013

£’000

15,486

119

1,836

(61)

4,155

(42)

559,190

321

25

136

161

57

57

148

262

Of the “Other” non-audit related services £156,000 (2013: £131,000) was in respect of corporate finance services in relation to acquisitions.

Fees paid to Ernst & Young LLP for non-audit services by the Company itself are not disclosed in the individual accounts of Cranswick plc 

because Group financial statements are prepared which are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis.

82

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
	
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.	 Employees  

Group 

Staff costs: 

Wages and salaries 

Social security costs 

Other pension costs 

2014   
£’000	  

107,090   
9,668   
1,460   

2013

£’000

98,284

8,790

1,137

118,218   

108,211

Included within wages and salaries is a total expense for share-based payments of £1,014,000 (2013: £1,162,000) all of which arises from 

transactions accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

The average monthly number of employees during the year was:

Group 

Production 

Selling and distribution 

Administration 

2014   
Number	  

2013

Number

4,110   
280   
237   

4,627   

3,933

249

220

4,402

The Group and Company consider the Directors to be the key management personnel. Details of each Director’s remuneration, pension 

contributions and share options are detailed in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 46 to 57. The employee costs shown above 

include the following remuneration in respect of Directors of the Company:

Group	and	Company 

Directors’ remuneration 

Pension contribution 

Aggregate gains made by Directors on exercise of share options 

Number of Directors receiving pension contributions under money purchase schemes 

2014   
£’000	  

3,720   
138   

3,858   

1,270   

5   

2013

£’000

6,050

150

6,200

504

5

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

6.	 Finance	revenue	and	costs

Finance	revenue 
Finance revenue from loans receivable 

Other interest receivable 

Total finance revenue 

Finance	costs 
Bank interest paid and similar charges 

Total interest expense for financial liabilities not at fair value through profit or loss 

Net finance cost on defined benefit pension deficit (note 25) 

Finance charge payable under finance leases and hire purchase contracts 

Movement in discount on provisions and financial liabilities 

Other interest payable 

Total	finance	costs 

The interest relates to financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost.

7.	 Taxation

a)		 Analysis	of	tax	charge	in	the	year
Tax charge based on the profit for the year:

Current income tax: 

UK corporation tax on profits for the year 

Adjustments in respect of prior years 

Total current tax 

Deferred tax: 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences 

Deferred tax rate change 

Adjustments in respect of prior years 

Total deferred tax 

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

(Restated)

26   
6   
32   

899   
899   

122   
17   
15   
4   

1,057   

62

-

62

714

714

220

8

21

-

963

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

(Restated)

12,854	  
(257)	  
12,597   

315   
(994)	  
(368)	  
(1,047)   

12,245

204

12,449 

(834)

(327)

(123)

(1,284)

Tax	on	profit	on	ordinary	activities	

11,550   

11,165

84

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

	
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Tax relating to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income or directly to equity:

Group 

Recognised	in	Group	statement	of	comprehensive	income 
Deferred tax on revaluation of cash flow hedges 

Deferred tax on actuarial (loss)/ gain on defined benefit pension scheme 

Recognised	in	Group	statement	of	changes	in	equity 
Deferred tax on share-based payments 

Corporation tax credit on share options exercised 

Total	tax	credit	recognised	directly	in	equity 

Company 

Recognised	in	Company	statement	of	changes	in	equity 
Deferred tax credit on share-based payments 

Total	tax	credit	recognised	directly	in	equity	

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

(Restated)

(3)	  
(735)   
(738)	  

(246)	  
(323)   
(569)	  

(1,307)	  

15

293

308

(370)

(140)

(510)

(202)

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

(129)	  

(129)	  

(91)

(91)

b)		 Factors	affecting	tax	charge	for	the	year
The tax assessed for the year is lower than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. The differences are explained below:

Profit on ordinary activities before tax 

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by standard rate 
of corporation tax in the UK of 23 per cent (2013: 24 per cent) 

Effect of: 

Disallowed expenses  

Deferred tax rate change 

Share-based payment deduction 

Adjustments in respect of prior years 

Total	tax	charge	for	the	year	

2014   
£’000	  

54,757   

12,594   

374   
(994)	  
201   
(625)   

2013

£’000

(Restated)

47,304

11,353

190

(327)

(132)

81

11,550   

11,165

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

85

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

7.	 Taxation	(continued)

c)		 Deferred	tax
The deferred tax included in the Group balance sheet is as follows:

Group 

Deferred	tax	liability	in	the	balance	sheet 
Accelerated capital allowances 

Biological assets 

Rollover and holdover relief 

Other temporary differences 

Share-based payments 

Deferred tax on defined benefit pension scheme 

2014   
£’000	  

6,438   
1,037   
65   
(209)   
(1,288)   
(1,306)   

2013

£’000

8,179

-

78

44

(1,582)

(772)

Deferred	tax	liability	

4,737   

5,947

The deferred tax included in the income statement is as follows:

Deferred	tax	in	the	income	statement 
Accelerated capital allowances 

Biological assets 

Other temporary differences 

Share-based payments 

Deferred tax on defined benefit pension scheme 

Deferred	tax	credit	

The deferred tax included in the Company balance sheet is as follows:

Company 

Deferred	tax	asset	in	the	balance	sheet 
Accelerated capital allowances 

Other temporary differences 

Share-based payments 

Deferred	tax	asset	

2014   
£’000	  

2013
£’000

(Restated)

(1,946)	  
288	  
(132)	  
542   
201   

(1,011)

-

(136)

(354)

217

(1,047)   

(1,284)

2014   
£’000	  

(26)   
(17)   
(497)   

(540)   

2013

£’000

(23)

(118)

(424)

(565)

d)		 Temporary	differences	associated	with	Group	investments	
At 31 March 2014 a £nil tax liability has been recognised (2013: £nil) in respect of any taxes that would be payable on the unremitted 

earnings of certain subsidiaries, as receipt by the Group of any dividends would be exempt from UK corporation tax. There are no income tax 

consequences to the Group in relation to dividends paid to Shareholders. 

e)		 Change	in	corporation	tax	rate
The main rate of corporation tax in the UK reduced from 24 per cent to 23 per cent from 1 April 2013. Further reductions in the corporation  

tax rate to 21 per cent from 1 April 2014 and 20 per cent from 1 April 2015 were enacted before the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is 
therefore provided at 20 per cent.

8.	 Profit	attributable	to	members

Of the profit attributable to members, the sum of £17,344,000 (2013: £16,826,000) has been dealt with in the accounts of Cranswick plc.

86

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

	
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
9.	 Equity	dividends

Declared and paid during the year: 

Final dividend for 2013 – 20.6p per share (2012: 19.5p) 

Interim dividend for 2014 – 10.0p per share (2013: 9.4p) 

2014   
£’000	  

10,025   
4,878   

2013

£’000

9,381

4,543

Dividends	paid	

14,903   

13,924

Proposed	for	approval	of	Shareholders	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting	on	28	July	2014:
Final dividend for 2014 – 22.0p (2013: 20.6p) 

10,772	  

9,997

10.	Earnings	per	share

Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing net profit for the year attributable to members of the parent company of 

£43,207,000 (2013: £36,139,000 as restated) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. In calculating diluted 

earnings per share amounts, the weighted average number of shares is adjusted for the weighted average number of ordinary shares that 

would be issued on the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.

The weighted average number of ordinary shares for both basic and diluted amounts was as per the table below:

Basic weighted average number of shares 

Dilutive potential ordinary shares – share options 

2014   
Thousands	  

2013

Thousands

48,734   
191   

48,257

137

48,925   

48,394

Adjusted	earnings	per	share
During the year the Group released the contingent consideration liability in relation to the acquisition of Kingston Foods Limited (note 14). In 

addition, the Group made the Wayland and Wold Farms acquisitions described in note 14, and subsequently recognised a profit on the IAS 41 

valuation movement on biological assets acquired. In the prior year the Group impaired freehold property, plant and equipment to their fair 

value at its mothballed production facility in East Lancashire. The property has subsequently been demolished and the land is in the process  

of being sold.

As the release of contingent consideration and the impairment of property, plant and equipment do not form part of the ongoing business  

of the Group and due to the volatility of the valuation of biological assets the Directors consider it appropriate to present an adjusted measure 

of earnings per share on the face of the income statement which excludes the effects of these items to provide a more meaningful measure  

of the underlying performance of the business. Adjusted earnings per share are calculated using the weighted average number of shares for 

both basic and diluted amounts as detailed above.

Adjusted profit for the year is derived as follows:

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Profit for the year 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
Release of contingent consideration 

Net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets 

Tax on net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets 

2014   
£’000	  

43,207   
-   
(1,086)	  
(1,441)	  
288   

2013

£’000

(Restated)

36,139

1,836
-

-

-

Adjusted	profit	for	the	year 

40,968	  

37,975

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

87

 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

11.	Intangible	assets

Group	

Cost 
At 31 March 2012 

On acquisition of subsidiary (note 14) 

At 31 March 2013 

On acquisition of subsidiary (note 14) 

At 31 March 2014 

Amortisation	and	impairment
At 31 March 2012 

Amortisation 

At 31 March 2013 

Amortisation 

At 31 March 2014 

Net	book	value 

At 31 March 2012 

At 31 March 2013 

At	31	March	2014	

Goodwill 

£’000 

Customer   
relationships	  
£’000   

127,763  

5,488 

133,251 

1,691 

134,942 

4,924 

- 

4,924 

- 

4,924 

-   

795   

795   

-   

795   

-   

119   

119   

159   

278   

Total

£’000

127,763

6,283

134,046

1,691

135,737

4,924

119

5,043

159

5,202

122,839 

-   

122,839

128,327 

676   

129,003

130,018	

517	 	

130,535

Impairment	testing
Goodwill is subject to annual impairment testing. Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated for impairment testing 

purposes to the following principal cash-generating units:

2014   
£’000	  

12,231   
1,691   
90,167   
11,602   
10,968   
3,359   

2013

£’000

12,231

-

90,167

11,602

10,968

3,359

130,018   

128,327

Cash generating unit	

Fresh pork 

Livestock 

Cooked meats 

Sandwiches 

Continental Fine Foods 

Other 

88

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assumptions used
The recoverable amount for each cash generating unit has been determined based on value in use calculations using annual budgets for each 

business for the following year, approved by the Board of Directors, and cash flow projections for the next four years. Forecast replacement 

capital expenditure is included from budgets and thereafter capital is assumed to represent 100 per cent of depreciation.

Subsequent cash flows are forecast to grow in line with an assumed long-term industry growth rate of between 3 and 5 per cent derived from 

third party market information, including Kantar Worldpanel data.

A pre-tax discount rate of 7.4 per cent has been used (2013: 8.3 per cent) being management’s estimate of the weighted average cost of capital.

The calculation is most sensitive to the following assumptions:

Sales	volumes

Sales volumes are influenced by the growth of the underlying food segment, the market shares of our customers, selling prices, and the quality 

of our products and service. Historical volumes are used as the base and adjusted over the projection period in line with current growth rates. 

Gross	margin

Gross margin depends upon average selling prices, the cost of raw materials and changes in the cost of production overheads. Historical 

margins are used as the base, adjusted for management’s expectations derived from experience and with reference to budget forecasts.

Discount	rates

All calculations of this nature are sensitive to the discount rate used. Management’s estimate of the weighted average cost of capital has been 

used for each cash generating unit.

Sensitivity
Following the impairment of goodwill attributable to the Sandwiches cash generating unit in 2011–12, management believes that currently there 

is no reasonably possible change to the assumptions that would reduce the value in use below the value of the carrying amount for any of the 

Group’s cash generating units. Assumptions and projections are updated on an annual basis.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

89

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

12.	Property,	plant	and	equipment

Leasehold   

Plant,   

Assests in the   

Total

improve-   

equipment   

course of   

and vehicles   

construction

£’000   

£’000   

£’000

Freehold   

land and   

buildings   

£’000   

67,861   

4,658   

-   

7,536   

(19)   

80,036   

5,287   

2,633   

4,459   

(2,242)   

90,173   

5,328   

1,597   

3,428   

1,548   

-   

11,901   

1,766   

(2,242)   

11,425   

ments   

£’000   

9,012   

77   

91   

(6,070)   

-   

3,110   

61   

-   

-   

-   

139,099   

22,512   

591   

(1,466)   

(570)   

160,166   

12,416   

1,630   

653   

(2,841)   

3,171   

172,024   

4,915   

223   

(3,428)   

-   

-   

1,710   

187   

-   

1,897   

74,876   

13,666   

-   

238   

(508)   

88,272   

15,878   

(2,742)   

101,408   

-   

5,957   

-   

-   

-   

5,957   

5,095   

-   

(5,112)   

-   

5,940   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

215,972

33,204

682

-

(589)

249,269

22,859

4,263

-

(5,083)

271,308

85,119

15,486

-

1,786

(508)

101,883

17,831

(4,984)

114,730

Group 

Cost 
At 31 March 2012 

Additions 

On acquisition 

Transfers between categories 

Disposals 

At 31 March 2013 

Additions 

On acquisition 

Transfers between categories 

Disposals 

At 31 March 2014 

Depreciation 
At 31 March 2012 

Charge for the year 

Transfers between categories 

Impairment loss 

Relating to disposals 

At 31 March 2013 

Charge for the year 

Relating to disposals 

At 31 March 2014 

Net	book	amounts 
At 31 March 2012 

62,533   

4,097   

64,223   

-   

130,853 

At 31 March 2013 

68,135   

1,400   

71,894   

5,957   

147,386

At	31	March	2014	

78,748	 	

1,274	 	

70,616	 	

5,940	 	

156,578

Included in freehold land and buildings is land with a cost of £7,927,000 (2013: £6,640,000) which is not depreciated relating to the Group  

and £509,000 (2013: £509,000) relating to the Company.

Cost includes £1,082,000 (2013: £1,026,000) in respect of capitalised interest. £56,000 of interest, which was the whole amount eligible,  

was capitalised during the year (2013: £25,000). The rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation was  

1.75 per cent (2013: 1.53 per cent) which is the effective rate of the borrowing used to finance the construction.

The Directors believe that the fair value of the property, plant and equipment is not materially different to the net book amounts presented 

above.

Impairment
During the prior year the Board took the decision to demolish its mothballed production facility in East Lancashire following considerable 

investment in increased capacity at other Group locations in preference to utilising these premises as previously planned. The book value of 
the property, plant and equipment was £1,836,000. The fair value, which relates solely to the land, was determined by an independent valuer 

as £50,000, giving rise to an impairment loss of £1,786,000. A further £50,000 was accrued for demolition of the property giving a total income 

statement impairment charge of £1,836,000.

90

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
Company 

Cost 
At 31 March 2012 

Additions 

At 31 March 2013 

Additions 

Disposals 

At 31 March 2014 

Depreciation 
At 31 March 2012 

Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2013 

Charge for the year 

Relating to disposals 

At 31 March 2014 

Net	book	amounts 
At 31 March 2012 

At 31 March 2013 

At	31	March	2014	

13.	Investments

 Company 

Shares at cost: 

At 31 March 2012 

Freehold   

land and   

buildings   

£’000   

Plant,   

equipment 

and vehicles   

£’000   

509   

-   

509   

-   

-   

509   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

509   

509   

509	 	

406   

21   

427   

17   

(22)   

422   

317   

44   

361   

31   

(9)   

383   

89   

66   

39	 	

Total

£’000

915

21

936

17

(22)

931

317

44

361

31

(9)

383

598 

575

548

Subsidary undertakings

£’000

158,338

874

159,212

758

159,970

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Capital contribution relating to share options 

At 31 March 2013 

Capital contribution relating to share options 

At	31	March	2014	

The principal subsidiary undertakings during the year were:

Cranswick Country Foods plc

Cranswick Gourmet Pastry Company Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)

Wayland Farms Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)

Wold Farms Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)

Cranswick Convenience Foods Limited

Kingston Foods Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Convenience Foods Limited)

The Sandwich Factory Group Limited (registered in Scotland)

The Sandwich Factory Holdings Limited (100 per cent owned by The Sandwich Factory Group Limited)

Except where otherwise stated, each of the companies is registered in England and Wales and Cranswick plc holds directly 100 per cent of the 
shares and voting rights of each subsidiary undertaking.

In April 2009 the Group disposed of its pet and aquatics segment, retaining a 5.5 per cent share of both businesses. Following a subsequent 

reorganisation Cranswick plc sold its 5.5 per cent investment in the pet products business on 5 April 2012 for a consideration of £221,000. 

The consideration for the sale was received in cash in the prior year. The transaction resulted in the Group retaining its 5.5 per cent interest 

in the Aquatics business; this interest was later reduced to a 3.3 per cent holding of Tropical Marine Centre (2012) Limited following a further 

reorganisation and change in major shareholders. The investment, being an unquoted entity, the value of which cannot be reliably measured,  

is held at a carrying value of £nil.

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

91

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
	 	
	 	
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

14.	Acquisitions

2014	–	Wayland	Farms	Limited	and	Wold	Farms	Limited
On 29 April 2013, the Group acquired 100 per cent of the issued share capital of East Anglian Pigs Limited (renamed Wayland Farms Limited)  

for a total consideration of £13.5 million. 

On 20 August 2013, the Group incorporated a new company: Wold Farms Limited. On 13 September 2013, Wold Farms Limited acquired 

certain trade and assets of Dent Limited for a total consideration of £2.0 million and subsequently, on 19 December 2013, acquired further 

Dent Limited trade and assets from the administrator for a total consideration of £1.5 million. The principal activities of both Wayland Farms 

Limited and Wold Farms Limited are pig breeding, rearing and finishing. The acquisitions give the Group greater control over its supply chain.

Fair values of the net assets at the date of acquisition were as follows:

Net assets acquired: 

Property, plant and equipment 

Biological assets 

Inventories 

Trade receivables 

Bank and cash balances 

Trade payables 

Provisions 

Financial liabilities 

Finance lease obligations 

Corporation tax liability 

Deferred tax liability 

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

Total consideration 

Satisfied by: 

Cash 

Analysis of cash flows on acquisition: 

Included	within	cash	flows	from	investing	activities 
Cash consideration paid 

Cash and cash equivalents acquired 

Included	within	net	cash	from	operating	activities 
Transaction costs of the acquisition 

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition 

    Wayland Farms   

Limited   

£’000   

3,828   

10,550   

398   

1,368   

2,540   

(3,258)   

(150)   

(1,500)   

(603)   

(148)   

(905)   

12,120   

1,355   

13,475   

Fair values
Wold Farms 

Limited   

(provisional)

£’000   

435   

2,550   

62   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

84   

3,131   

336   

3,467   

Total

£’000

4,263

13,100

460

1,368

2,540

(3,258)

(150)

(1,500)

(603)

(148)

(821)

15,251

1,691

16,942

13,475   

3,467   

16,942

13,475   

(2,540)   

10,935   

211   

11,146   

3,467   

-   

3,467   

121   

3,588   

16,942

(2,540)

14,402

332

14,734

The fair values on the Wold Farms transactions remain provisional due to their timing and will be finalised within twelve months of the 

respective transaction dates.

From the date of acquisition, the external revenues of Wayland Farms Limited were £10.8 million and the company contributed a net profit after 

tax (excluding the IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets) of £2.5 million to the Group. If the Wayland Farms Limited combination had 
taken place at the beginning of the year, the Group’s profit after tax for the year would have been unchanged at £43.2 million and revenues 

would have been £995.6 million.

92

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
In the period since acquisition, the external revenues of Wold Farms Limited were £nil and the Company contributed a net loss after tax of  

£0.2 million to the Group. Due to the nature of the two transactions, with only a proportion of the trade and assets of Dent Limited being 

acquired, the Directors consider it impracticable to assess the impact of Wold Farms Limited on the revenues and profit after tax of the  

Group had the combination taken place at the beginning of the period.

Included in the £1,691,000 of goodwill recognised are certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated from the acquirees and 

reliably measured due to their nature. These items include the expected value of synergies, the assembled workforces and the strategic benefits 

of vertical integration including security of supply.

Transaction costs of £211,000 and £121,000 have been expensed in relation to Wayland Farms Limited and Wold Farms Limited respectively, 

and are included in administrative expenses.

All of the trade receivables acquired were, or are expected to be, collected in full.

2013	–	Kingston	Foods	Limited
On 29 June 2012, the Group acquired 100 per cent of the issued share capital of Kingston Foods Limited for a total consideration of £8.9 million. 

The principal activity of Kingston Foods Limited is the manufacture and distribution of cooked meat and poultry products and the acquisition is 

expected to enlarge the customer base of the Group. 

Fair values of the net assets at the date of acquisition were as follows:

Net assets acquired: 

Customer relationships 

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventories 

Trade receivables 

Bank and cash balances 

Trade payables 

Provisions 

Corporation tax liability 

Deferred tax liability 

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

Total consideration 

Satisfied by:

Cash 

Contingent consideration 

Analysis of cash flows on acquisition:

Included	within	cash	flows	from	investing	activities 
Cash consideration paid 

Cash and cash equivalents acquired 

Included	within	net	cash	from	operating	activities 
Transaction costs of the acquisition 

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition 

Fair value

£’000

795

682

433

1,743

1,857

(1,615)

(187)

(97)

(200)

3,411

5,488

8,899

7,843

1,056

8,899

7,843

(1,857)

5,986

145

6,131

From the date of acquisition to 31 March 2013, the acquired business contributed £11.6 million of revenue and a net profit after tax of  

£0.7 million to the Group. If the combination had taken place at the beginning of the prior year, the Group’s profit after tax for the prior year 

would have been £36.6 million and revenues would have been £879.2 million.

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

93

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

14.	Acquisitions	(continued)

Included in the £5,488,000 of goodwill recognised above, are certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated from the acquiree 

and reliably measured due to their nature. These items include the expected value of synergies and an assembled workforce.

Transaction costs of £145,000 were expensed and included in administration expenses in the prior year.

Contingent	consideration

The agreement included contingent consideration payable in cash to the previous owners of Kingston Foods Limited based on the performance 

of the business over a three year period from acquisition. The amount payable was between £nil and £2.5 million dependent on the average 

EBITDA of the business during the three year period versus an agreed target level.

The fair value of the contingent consideration at 31 March 2013 was estimated at £1,121,000, discounted in the table on page 93.  

Subsequently, during the year, £1,086,000 of contingent consideration was released to the income statement, being the full amount accrued, 

which reflects the Directors’ current expectations of the anticipated performance of the business over the three year period from acquisition. 

94

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

15.	Biological	assets

The Group’s biological assets consist of pigs in the form of breeding sows (classified as non-current assets) and their progeny for processing 

within the Group and externally (classified as current assets).

Reconciliation of carrying amounts of livestock:

Group 

At 31 March 2012 and 31 March 2013 

On acquisition 

Increases due to purchases 

Decrease attributable to harvest 

Decreases attributable to sales 

Changes in fair value less estimated costs to sell 

At	31	March	2014	

Group 

Non-current biological assets 

Current biological assets 

Group 

Net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets* 

Changes in fair value of biological assets  

Biological assets transferred to cost of sales 

Total

£’000

-

13,100

8,426

(34,743)

(10,772)

38,706

14,717

2013
£’000

-

-

-

2014   
£’000	  

1,174   
13,543   

14,717   

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

38,706   
(37,265)	  

1,441   

-

-

- 

* This represents the difference between operating profit prepared under IAS 41 and operating profit prepared under historical cost  

  accounting, which forms part of the reconciliation to adjusted operating profit.

The Group’s valuation model for biological assets utilises quoted (unadjusted) prices in an active market for the valuation of finished pigs, 

sucklers and weaners (Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy as detailed in note 22). The valuation of sows and boars is based on recent transactions 

for similar assets (Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy).

Additional information:

Group 

Quantities at year end: 

Breeding sows (bearer biological assets) 
Boars 

Pigs (consumable biological assets) 

Number of pigs produced in the year 

2014   
No.	  

2013

No.

16,875   
433   
172,526	  

320,133	  

-
-

-

-

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

95

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

16.	Inventories

Group 

Raw materials 

Finished goods and goods for resale 

17.	Trade	and	other	receivables

Financial assets: 

Trade receivables 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings 

Other receivables 

Non-financial assets: 

Prepayments and accrued income 

2014   
£’000	  

34,967   
12,459	  
47,426   

Group

Company

2014   
£’000	  

84,292   
-   
5,375   
89,667   

8,108   

97,775   

2013    

£’000   

82,556   

-   

4,814   

87,370   

5,727   

93,097   

2014   
£’000	  

-   
26,256   
23   
26,279   

252   

26,531   

2013

£’000

34,688

13,775

48,463

2013

£’000

-

14,870

236

15,106

263

15,369

Financial assets are carried at amortised cost. As at 31 March, the analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not impaired was  

as follows:

Group 

2014	

2013 

Trade receivables   

Of which:   

Not due

Past due date in the following periods:

Less than 30   

Between 30   

More than   

£’000   

£’000   

days   

£’000   

and 60 days   

£’000   

84,292	 	

74,695	 	

7,475	 	

82,556   

72,738   

7,830   

929	 	

960   

60 days

£’000

1,193

1,028

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30 – 60 day terms and are shown net of any provision for impairment. As at 

31 March 2014, trade receivables at nominal value of £583,000 (2013: £631,000) were impaired and fully provided for. Provision is made when 

there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when the probability of recovery  

is assessed as being remote.

Movements in the provision for impairment of receivables were as follows:

Group 

Bad	debt	provision 
At 31 March 2012 

Provided in year 

Written off 

At 31 March 2013 

Provided in year 

Utilised 

Released 

At	31	March	2014	

There are no bad debt provisions against other receivables.

96

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

£’000

1,162

199

(730)

631

8

(6)

(50)

583

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
	
	 	
	 	
 
   
   
 
   
  
   
   
 
  
 
18.	Financial	assets

Group 

Current 
Loans receivable 

Impairment provision 

Non-current 

Loans receivable 

2014   
£’000	  

396   
(396)   

-   

2013

£’000

696

-

696

-   

702

Loans of £396,000 (2013: £1,398,000) are receivable from Dent Limited, a supplier to the Group. Dent Limited went into administration on  

2 December 2013; as a result the loans receivable from Dent Limited have been fully provided. Repayment of the loan, which was held at  

amortised cost, was receivable in 43 equal monthly instalments which commenced on 30 September 2011. Interest was receivable on the loan 

at Bank of England base rate plus 3 per cent. 

The Company had no financial assets at the end of either year.

19.	Trade	and	other	payables

Current 
Trade payables 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings 

Other payables 

Deferred income – government grants 

Non-current 
Deferred income – government grants 

Group

Company

2014   
£’000	  

80,315   
-   
28,420   
71   

2013    

£’000   

71,340   

-   

34,714   

55   

2014   
£’000	  

274   
46,621   
4,191   
-   

2013

£’000

149

36,118

6,179

-

108,806   

106,109   

51,086   

42,446

409   

409   

410   

410   

-   

-   

-

-

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
	
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

20.	Financial	liabilities

Current 
Bank overdrafts 

Finance leases and hire purchase contracts 

Forward currency contracts 

Non-current 
Amounts outstanding under revolving credit facility 

Contingent consideration (note 14) 

Group

2014   
£’000	  

-   
309   
18   

327   

2013    

£’000   

549   

55   

4   

608   

Company

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

-   
-   
-   

-   

-

-

-

-

28,898   
-   

28,498   

1,074   

28,898   
-   

28,498

-

28,898   

29,572   

28,898   

28,498

Movement on hedged items: 

Losses arising in the year 

Reclassification adjustment for losses included in the income statement  

Group

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

(18)   
4   
(14)   

(4)

69

65

All financial liabilities are amortised at cost, except for forward currency contracts which are carried at fair value.

Movements on hedged foreign currency contracts are reclassified through cost of sales. 

Forward currency contracts are used to hedge a proportion of anticipated purchases denominated in foreign currencies and held at fair value  

in the balance sheet. To the extent that these forward contracts represent effective hedges, movements in fair value are taken directly to other 

comprehensive income and are then reclassified through the income statement in the period during which the hedged item impacts the income 

statement. A description of amounts and maturities is contained in note 22.

Bank	facilities

The Group negotiated an amendment and extension to its banking facilities during the year. The new facilities were agreed on 27 March 2014, 

with arrangement fees of £0.9 million being paid subsequent to the year end. The arrangement fees will be amortised over the period of the 

facilities.

A committed bank overdraft facility of £20 million (2013: £20 million) is in place until July 2018, of which £nil (2013: £549,000) was utilised at  

31 March 2014. Interest is payable at a margin over base rate.

A revolving credit facility of £120 million (including the £20 million committed overdraft facility) is in place of which £30 million was utilised as at 

31 March 2014 (2013: a revolving credit facility of £100 million of which £29 million was utilised). This facility expires in July 2018. Interest is  

payable on the revolving credit facility at a margin over LIBOR.

98

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

	
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
The maturity profile of bank loans is as follows:

In one year or less 

Between one year and two years 

Between two years and five years 

Unamortised issue costs 

Group

Company

2014   
£’000	  

-   

-   
30,000   
30,000   
(1,102)   

2013    

£’000   

-   

-   

29,000   

29,000   

(502)   

2014   
£’000	  

-   

-   
30,000   
30,000   
(1,102)   

2013

£’000

-

-

29,000

29,000

(502)

28,898   

28,498   

28,898   

28,498

The bank facilities for both years are unsecured and subject to normal bank covenant arrangements.

21.	Provisions

Group 

At 31 March 2013 

Arising on acquisition 

Movement on discount 

At	31	March	2014	

Analysed as:

Group 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Lease
provisions

£’000

190

150

3

343

2013

£’000

-

190

190

2014   
£’000	  

-   
343   

343   

Lease provisions are held against dilapidation obligations on leased properties. These provisions are expected to be utilised over the next  

five years. There are no provisions held by the Company.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

99

 
 
 
 
	
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
	  
 
 
              
 
   
 
   
	
	 	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

22.	Financial	instruments

An explanation of the Company and Group’s financial instruments risk management strategy is set out on page 60 in the Directors’ Report.

Interest	rate	risk	profile	of	financial	assets	and	liabilities
The interest rate profile of the interest earning financial assets and interest bearing liabilities of the Group as at 31 March 2014 and their 

weighted average interest rates is set out below:

As	at	31	March	2014

Group	

Financial liabilities:  

Revolving credit facility 

Finance leases and hire purchase contracts 

Financial assets: 

Cash at bank 

As at 31 March 2013

Weighted	 	

Total	 	

At	 	

1	year	 	

1–2	years	 	

2–3	years

Fixed	interest

average	 	

effective	 	

interest	 	

rate	 	

%	 	

floating	 	

interest	 	

rates

or	 	

less	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000

1.29%	 	

5.13%	 	

(30,000)	 	
(309)   
(30,309)	 	

(30,000)   
-   

(30,000)	 	

-   
(309)   
(309)   

0.00%	 	

12,223	 	

12,223   

-   

(18,086)	 	

(17,777)	 	

(309)   

-   

-   
-   

-   

-   

-

-
-

-

-

Weighted   

Total   

At   

1 year   

1–2 years   

2–3 years

Fixed interest

Group 

Financial liabilities: 

Bank overdrafts 

Revolving credit facility 

Finance leases and hire purchase contracts 

average   

effective   

interest   

rate   

%   

2.00%   

1.50%   

6.32%   

floating   

interest   

rates

or   

less   

£’000   

£’000   

£’000   

£’000   

£’000

(549)   

(549)   

(29,000)   

(29,000)   

(55)   

-   

(29,604)   

(29,549)   

-   

-   

(55)   

(55)   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Financial assets: 

Cash at bank 

Loans receivable 

0.00%   

3.50%   

7,633   

1,398   

7,633   

1,398   

The maturity profile of bank loans is set out in note 20.

(20,573)   

(20,518)   

(55)   

100

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

	
	
	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
The interest rate profile of the interest earning financial assets and interest bearing liabilities of the Company as at 31 March 2014 and their 

weighted average interest rates is set out below:

As	at	31	March	2014

Company	

Financial liabilities:  

Amounts owed to Group undertakings 

Revolving credit facility 

Financial assets: 

Cash at bank 

As at 31 March 2013

Company 

Financial liabilities:  

Amounts owed to Group undertakings 

Revolving credit facility 

Financial assets: 

Cash at bank 

Weighted	 	

Total	 	

At	 	

1	year	 	

1–2	years	 	

2–3	years

Fixed	interest

average	 	

effective	 	

interest	 	

rate	 	

%	 	

floating	 	

interest	 	

rates

or	 	

less	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000	 	

£’000

2.00%	 	

1.29%	 	

(153,400)	 	

(30,000)	 	

(183,400)	 	

(153,400)   
(30,000)   
(183,400)   

0.00%	 	

8,251	 	

8,251   

(175,149)	 	

(175,149)	  

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-

-

-

-

-

Weighted   

Total   

At   

1 year   

1–2 years   

2–3 years

Fixed interest

average   

effective   

interest   

rate   

%   

floating   

interest   

rates

or   

less   

£’000   

£’000   

£’000   

£’000   

£’000

2.00%   

1.50%   

(139,400)   

(139,400)   

(29,000)   

(29,000)   

(168,400)   

(168,400)   

0.00%   

5,169   

5,169   

(163,231)   

(163,231)   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-

-

-

-

-

Currency	profile
The Group’s financial assets at 31 March 2014 include sterling denominated cash balances of £11,363,000 (2013: £7,320,000), euro £117,000 

(2013: £119,000) and US dollar £743,000 (2013: £186,000), all of which are held in the UK. The Group’s financial liabilities include sterling 

denominated overdraft balances of £nil (2013: £66,000) and euro £nil (2013: £483,000), all of which are held in the UK.

The proportion of the Group’s net assets denominated in foreign currencies is immaterial.

The Group’s other financial assets and liabilities are denominated in sterling.

Credit	risk
The Group makes a significant proportion of its sales to the major UK supermarket groups, which correspondingly represent a significant 

proportion of the Group’s trade receivables at any one time. Based on the financial strength of these customers, the Directors do not consider 

that the Group faces a significant credit risk in this regard. Debts with other customers, which represent a smaller proportion of the Group’s 

trade receivables, are considered to provide greater risk, particularly in the current economic climate. These debts are reviewed on a regular 

basis by credit controllers and senior management and prudent provision is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be 

able to recover balances in full.

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

101

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

22.	Financial	instruments	(continued)

All cash financial assets are held by UK financial institutions. The maximum credit exposure relating to financial assets is represented by their 

carrying values as at the balance sheet date.

Fair	value	hierarchy
The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to have occurred at the end of the reporting period.

The Group’s forward currency contracts are measured using Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The valuations are provided by the Group’s 

bankers from the proprietary valuations models and are based on mid-market levels as at close of business on the Group’s year end reporting 

date.

The Group’s 3.3 per cent retained shareholding in the aquatics business Tropical Marine Centre (2012) Limited would have been classified as 

Level 3; however as the investment is an unquoted entity and cannot be reliably measured the Directors consider that its value is immaterial 

and no fair value has been applied.

Fair	value	of	financial	instruments
Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties on an arm’s length 

basis. The fair value of floating rate assets and liabilities is estimated to be equivalent to book value. All derivative financial instruments are 

shown in the balance sheet at fair value.

Group 

2014

2013

Book   
value	 	
£’000	  

Fair    
value	 	
£’000   

Book   

value   
£’000	  

Fair

value

£’000

Forward currency contracts	

(18)	 	

(18)	 	

(4)   

(4)

The book value of trade and other receivables, trade and other payables cash balances, loans receivable, overdrafts, amounts outstanding 

under revolving credit facilities and finance leases and hire purchase contracts equates to fair value for the Group and Company. 

102

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

	
 
 
   
Hedges
Financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges are held at fair value in the balance sheet. The Group hedges the following cash flows:

i)	

Forward	contracts	to	hedge	expected	future	purchases

The Group hedges a proportion of its near-term expected purchases denominated in overseas currencies. Where these hedges meet the hedge 

criteria of IAS 39 changes in fair value are posted directly to other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified through the income 

statement at the time that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

Group	

Currency	
Euros 

Sterling 

Amount	
10,150,000 

2,481,000 

Maturities	
1 April 2014 – 2 October 2014 

11 April 2014 – 30 May 2014 

Exchange	rates	
€1.20 – €1.23 

£0.82 – £0.83 

Fair	value

£’000	

(18)
- 

These contracts were effective cash flow hedges under the criteria set out in IAS 39 and therefore fair value gains and losses related to the 

contracts were recognised directly in other comprehensive income.

The Company does not hold any forward contracts.

Interest	rate	risk
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant,  

of the Group’s profit before tax (through the impact on floating rate borrowings). There is no material impact on the Group’s equity.

Currency derivatives have not been included in the sensitivity analysis below as they are not considered to be exposed to interest rate risk.

2014	

Sterling	

2013 

Sterling 

Increase/	 	

Effect	on

decrease	in	 	

profit	before

basis	points	 	

+100	 	

-100	 	

+100   

-100   

tax

£’000

(529)

529

(413)

413

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

103

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	 	
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

22.	Financial	instruments	(continued)

Liquidity	risk
The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31 March 2014 and 2013 based on contractual 

undiscounted payments: 

At	31	March	2014

Group	

Revolving credit facility 

Finance leases and hire purchase contracts 

Trade and other payables 

At 31 March 2013

Group 

Bank overdraft 

Revolving credit facility 

Finance leases and hire purchase contracts 

Trade and other payables 

At	31	March	2014

Company	

Revolving credit facility 

Trade and other payables 

At 31 March 2013

Company 

Revolving credit facility 

Trade and other payables 

Cross guarantees (note 27) 

Less	than	 	

1	year	 	

£’000	 	

386	 	

310	 	
108,735   
109,431	 	

Less than   

1 year   

£’000   

549   

434   

56   

106,054   

107,093   

Less	than	 	

1	year	 	

£’000	 	

386	 	
51,086   
51,472	 	

Less than   

1 year   

£’000   

434   

42,446   

549   

43,429   

1	to	2		 	

years	 	

£’000	 	

386	 	
-	 	
-   

386	 	

1 to 2    

years   

£’000   

-   

434   

-   

-   

434   

1	to	2		 	

years	 	

£’000	 	

386	 	
-   

386	 	

1 to 2    

years   

£’000   

434   

-   

-   

434   

2	to	5	 	

years	 	

£’000	 	

29,901	 	
-	 	
-   

29,901	 	

2 to 5   

years   

£’000   

-   

29,145   

-   

-   

29,145   

2	to	5	 	

years	 	

£’000	 	

29,901	 	
-   

29,901	 	

2 to 5   

years   

£’000   

29,145   

-   

-   

29,145   

Total

£’000

30,673

310

108,735

139,718

Total

£’000

549

30,013

56

106,054

136,672

Total

£’000

30,673

51,086

81,759

Total

£’000

30,013

42,446

549

73,008

The impact of liquidity risk on the Group is discussed in detail in the Directors’ Report on page 60.

104

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

	
	
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
	
	
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
23.	Called-up	share	capital

Allotted, called-up and fully paid – Ordinary shares of 10 pence each

Group	and	Company	

At 1 April 

On exercise of share options 

Scrip dividends 

2014	 	

Number	 	

48,527,532   
243,021   
191,336   

2013	 	
Number	 	

48,034,791   

182,958   

309,783   

At	31	March	

48,961,889	 	

48,527,532	 	

2014	 	

£’000	 	

4,853   
24   
19   

4,896	 	

2013

£’000

4,803

19

31

4,853

On 6 September 2013, 111,212 ordinary shares were issued at 1,152.0 pence as a result of Shareholders exercising the scrip dividend  

option in lieu of the cash payment for the 2013 final dividend. 

On 24 January 2014, 80,124 ordinary shares were issued at 1,151.0 pence as a result of Shareholders exercising the scrip dividend option in lieu 

of the cash payment for the 2014 interim dividend.

During the course of the year, 243,021 ordinary shares were issued to employees exercising SAYE and LTIP options at prices between nil  

and 692.0 pence.

Ordinary share capital of £88,382 is reserved for allotment under the Savings Related Share Options Schemes and Long Term Incentive Plans 

(LTIP). The options are exercisable as follows:

Number	

Exercise	price	

Exercise	period

Savings related 

Savings related 

Savings related 

Savings related 

Savings related 

Savings related 

Savings related 

Savings related 

LTIP 

1,553 

3,911 

13,705 

31,771 

24,647 

171,792 

113,849 

85,179 

1,064,888 

679p 

665p 

474p 

594p 

692p 

579p 

629p 

916p 

Nil 

March 2010 – October 2014

March 2011 – October 2015

March 2012 – October 2016

March 2013 – October 2017

March 2014 – October 2018

March 2015 – October 2019

March 2016 – October 2018

March 2017 – October 2019

June 2014 – June 2023

On 7 September 2012, 187,694 ordinary shares were issued at 827.5 pence as a result of Shareholders exercising the scrip dividend option  

in lieu of the cash payment for the 2012 final dividend. 

On 25 January 2013, 122,089 ordinary shares were issued at 791.9 pence as a result of Shareholders exercising the scrip dividend option  

in lieu of the cash payment for the 2013 interim dividend. 

During the course of the year, 182,958 ordinary shares were issued to employees exercising SAYE and LTIP options at prices between nil  

and 679.0 pence.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

105

 
 
 
 
		
 
   
	
 
 
 
 
 
                    
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

24.	Share-based	payments

The Group operates two share option schemes, a HMRC approved “Save As You Earn” scheme (SAYE) and a Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), 

both of which are equity settled. The total expense charged to the income statement during the year in relation to share-based payments  

was £1,014,000 (2013: £1,162,000).

Long	Term	Incentive	Plan	(LTIP)
During the course of the year 317,100 options at nil cost were granted to Directors and senior executives, the share price at that time was 

1,127.0 pence. Details of the performance criteria relating to the LTIP scheme can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration report on  

page 50. The maximum term of LTIP options is ten years.

Group	

Outstanding as at 1 April 

Granted during the year (i) 

Lapsed during the year 

Exercised during the year (ii) 

Outstanding as at 31 March (iii) 

Exercisable at 31 March 

Company	

Outstanding as at 1 April 

Granted during the year (i) 

Lapsed during the year 

Exercised during the year (ii) 

Outstanding as at 31 March (iii) 

Exercisable at 31 March 

2014	 	

Number	 	

1,071,891   
317,100   
(152,313)   
(171,790)   
1,064,888   

-   

2014	 	

Number	 	

721,539   
201,100   
(87,495)   
(114,644)   
720,500   

-   

2014	 	

WAEP	(£)	 	

2013   

Number   

2013

WAEP (£)

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

2014	 	

WAEP	(£)	 	

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

786,900   

394,500   

(12,789)   

(96,720)   

1,071,891   

73,191   

2013   

Number   

525,700   

264,500   

(8,211)   

(60,450)   

721,539   

48,639   

-

-

-

-

-

-

2013

WAEP (£)

-

-

-

-

-

-

i)    

 The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £10.29 (2013: £7.03). The share options granted during the  

year were at £nil per share. The share price at the date of grant was £11.27 (2013: £8.01).

ii)       The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for the options exercised was £11.26 (2013: £8.20).

iii)  

 For the share options outstanding as at 31 March 2014, the weighted average remaining contractual life is 8.11 years  

(2013: 8.21 years).

The exercise price for all options outstanding at the end of the year was £nil.

106

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

	
 
   
 
   
   
   
	
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
All	Employee	Share	Option	Scheme	(SAYE)
All employees are entitled to a grant of options once they have been in service for two years or more. The exercise price is equal to the market 

price of the shares less 20 per cent on the date of the grant. The contractual life of the options is three, five or seven years. The maximum term 

of SAYE options is 3.5, 5.5 or 7.5 years.

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of, and movements in, SAYE share options during the 

year.

Group	

Outstanding as at 1 April 

Granted during the year (i) 

Lapsed during the year 

Exercised during the year (ii) 

Outstanding as at 31 March (iii) 

Exercisable at 31 March 

Company	

Outstanding as at 1 April 

Granted during the year (i) 

Lapsed during the year 

Exercised during the year (ii) 

Outstanding as at 31 March (iii) 

Exercisable at 31 March 

2014	 	

Number	 	

2014	 	

WAEP	(£)	 	

468,286   
87,372   
(38,020)   
(71,231)   
446,407   

3,243   

5.98   
9.16   
6.29   
5.75   
6.61   

6.86   

2013   

Number   

460,998   

129,084   

(35,558)   

(86,238)   

468,286   

4,091   

2013

WAEP (£)

5.84

6.29

6.01

5.69

5.98

6.12

2014	 	

Number	 	

2014	 	

WAEP	(£)	 	

2013   

Number   

2013

WAEP (£)

19,600	 	

2,690	 	

(1,504)	 	

(1,137)	 	

19,649	 	

260	 	

5.94   
9.16   
5.98   
6.66   
6.33   

6.92   

18,567   

3,232   

(825)   

(1,374)   

19,600   

305   

5.90

6.29

6.56

5.94

5.94

5.94

i)  

The share options granted during the year were at £9.16 (2013: £6.29), representing a 20 per cent discount on the price at the relevant  

date. The share price at the date of grant was £11.86 (2013: £8.49).

ii)   The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for the options exercised was £12.72 (2013: £9.71).

iii)   For the share options outstanding as at 31 March 2014, the weighted average remaining contractual life is 3.59 years  

(2013: 2.99 years).

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £3.31 (2013: £2.19). The range of exercise prices for options  

outstanding at the end of the year was £4.74 – £9.16 (2013: £4.74 – £6.92).

The fair value of the SAYE and LTIP equity settled options granted is estimated as at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing 

model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The following table lists the inputs to the model 

used for the years ended 31 March 2014 and 31 March 2013:

Group	and	Company	

Dividend yield 

Expected share price volatility 

Risk free interest rate 

Expected life of option  

Exercise prices 

2014	 	

LTIP	 	

3.03%	 	

31.0%	 	

0.51%	 	

3	years	 	

£nil	 	

2014	 	

SAYE	 	

2.88%   
31.0%   
0.92%	–	1.87%   
3,	5	years   
£9.16   

2013   

LTIP   

4.35%   

31.0%   

2013

SAYE

4.11%

31.0%

0.40%   

0.37% – 1.21%

3 years   

3, 5, 7 years

£nil   

£6.29

The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected 

volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

The initial fair value of LTIP options is adjusted to take into account market-based performance conditions.

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

107

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
	
 
   
 
   
   
   
	
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
	
 
   
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

25.	Pension	schemes

Defined	benefit	pension	scheme

The Group acquired a defined benefit final salary pension scheme during 2009, which is funded by the payment of contributions to separately 

administered trust funds. The scheme was closed to new members and future accrual on 30 June 2004.

Pension costs are determined with the advice of an independent qualified actuary on the basis of a triennial valuation using the projected unit 

credit method. The latest available formal actuarial valuation of the scheme was carried out as at 1 January 2013. This valuation was updated to 

the year end. Plan assets are stated at fair value at the respective balance sheet dates and overall expected rates of return are established by 

applying published brokers’ forecasts to each category of scheme assets.

Restatement	of	comparatives
IAS 19 (revised) includes a number of amendments to the accounting for defined benefit pension schemes. The principal impact on the Group 

of the application of this standard is that interest on pension scheme assets is now calculated by reference to the liability discount rate rather 

than the expected long-term yield on the assets, as was the case previously. The impact of the amendment on profit before tax for the prior 

year ended 31 March 2013 was to increase finance costs by £135,000, with a resulting reduction of 0.2 pence in both earnings per share and 

adjusted earnings per share. There was no impact on the reported pension liability as the impact on the income statement is mitigated by an 

offsetting adjustment in the calculation of actuarial gains and losses in the statement of comprehensive income.

a)	Change	in	benefit	obligation 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year 

Interest cost 

Remeasurement (gains)/ losses: 

Actuarial (gains)/ losses arising from changes in financial assumptions 

Actuarial gains arising from changes in demographic assumptions 

Other experience items 

Additional liability recognised due to minimum funding requirement 

Benefits paid from plan 

2014   
£’000	  

21,535   
935   

(764)   
(251)   
728   
3,457   
(419)	  

2013

£’000

(Restated)

21,161

948

519

-

-

-

(1,093)

Benefit obligation at the end of the year 

25,221   

21,535

b)	Change	in	plan	assets 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year 

Interest income 

Return on plan assets 

Employer contributions 

Benefits paid from plan 

2014   
£’000	  

18,178   
813   
(1,007)   
1,128   
(419)   

2013

£’000

(Restated)

15,819

728

1,596

1,128

(1,093)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year 

18,693   

18,178

c)	Amounts	recognised	in	the	balance	sheet 

Present value of funded obligations 

Fair value of plan assets 

Net liability recorded in the balance sheet 

108

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

2014   
£’000	  

(25,221)	  
18,693   

2013

£’000

(21,535)

18,178

(6,528)   

(3,357)

	
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
d)	Components	of	pension	cost 

Amounts recognised in the income statement: 

Interest cost 

Expected return on plan assets 

Total pension cost recognised in the income statement 

Actual return on assets 

Actual return on plan assets 

Amounts recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive income  

Actuarial (losses)/ gains immediately recognised 

2014   
£’000	  

2013

£’000

(Restated)

935   
(813)	  

122   

(194)   

(4,177)   

948

(728)

220

2,324

1,077

Cumulative amount of actuarial losses recognised 

(6,067)   

(1,890)

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used in the valuation of the scheme were as follows:

e) Principal actuarial assumptions 

Discount rate 

Rate of price inflation 

Revaluation of deferred pensions: 

Benefits accrued prior to 1 January 1998 

Benefits accrued after 1 January 1998 

Rate of compensation increase: 

Benefits accrued prior to 1 January 1997 

Benefits accrued after 1 January 1997 

Future expected lifetime of pensioner at age 65: 

Current pensioners 
Male 

Female 
Future pensioners 
Male 

Female 

2014   

2013

4.50%   
3.15%   

5.00%   
3.15%   

3.00%   
3.15%   

22.9   
25.2   

25.1   
27.5   

4.40%

3.25%

5.00%

3.25%

3.00%

3.25%

23.1

25.7

25.1

27.6

The mortality rates used have been taken from base tables S1PA (CMI 2012 improvements 1.5 per cent long-term rate of improvement)  

(2013: S1PA (LC 1 per cent floor)).

At 31 March 2014, the average duration of the scheme liabilities was 23 years (2013: 23 years). For deferred pensions the average duration was 

24 years (2013: 24 years) and for pensions in payment the average duration was twelve years (2013: twelve years).

The Group’s deficit as measured under IFRIC 14 is £6,528,000 as a result of the Group’s commitment to future contributions to the scheme.  

This compares to an underlying IAS 19 deficit of £3,071,000. As a result, the liabilities in the scheme are only sensitive to a reasonable change  

in the discount rate assumption. A 0.5 per cent increase/ decrease in the discount rate would give rise to a £83,000 decrease/ £85,000 increase 

in the deficit at 31 March 2014.

The scheme rules require the pension benefits to be uplifted by Retail Price Index (RPI), so there was no financial effect from the statutory 

requirement to uplift pension benefits by Consumer Price index (CPI) rather than RPI.

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

109

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
	  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

25.	Pension	schemes	(continued)

f)	Plan	assets 

Return	seeking: 
UK equities 

Overseas equities 

Diversified growth funds 

Debt	instruments: 
Corporate bonds 

Gilts 

Index linked bonds 

Other: 
Property 

Cash 

Total 

2014   
Fair	value	of   
plan	assets   
£’000	  

2013

Fair value of

plan assets

£’000

-   
-   
11,056   
11,056   

1,293   
1,238   
3,369   
5,900   

-   
1,737   

2,546

6,046

-

8,592

2,282

-

6,225

8,507

975

104

18,693   

18,178

All of the plan assets have a quoted price in an active market except for cash, and property in the prior year.

The plan has not invested in any of the Group’s own financial instruments nor in any properties or other assets used by the Group.

The Group expects to contribute approximately £1,320,000 to the scheme during the year ending 31 March 2015 in respect of regular 

contributions and intends to contribute the same amount annually through to November 2019.

The risks to which the plan exposes the entity have been minimised by investing the assets of the scheme across a broad range of return 

seeking funds and debt instruments.

Defined	contribution	pension	schemes

The Group also operates a number of defined contribution pension schemes whereby contributions are made to schemes operated by major 

insurance companies. Contributions to these schemes are determined as a percentage of employees’ earnings. Contributions owing to the 

insurance companies at the year end, included in trade and other payables, amounted to £238,000 (2013: £134,000). Contributions during the 

year totalled £1,460,000 (2013: £1,137,000).

110

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
26.	Additional	cash	flow	information

Analysis of changes in net debt:

Group 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Overdrafts 

Other financial assets 

Revolving credit 

Finance leases and hire purchase contracts 

At   

31 March   

2013   

£’000   

7,633   

(549)   

7,084   

1,398   

8,482   

(28,498)   

(55)   

Cash   

flow    

£’000   

4,590   

549   

5,139   

(1,002)   

4,137   

500   

349   

Other   

non-cash   

changes   

£’000   

At

31	March

2014

£’000

-   

-   

-   

(396)   

(396)   

(900)   

(603)   

12,223
-

12,223
-

12,223

(28,898)

(309)

Net debt 

(20,071)   

4,986   

(1,899)   

(16,984)

Net debt is defined as cash and cash equivalents and loans receivable less interest bearing liabilities (net of unamortised issue costs).

Group 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Overdrafts 

Other financial assets 

Revolving credit 

Finance leases and hire purchase contracts 

At   

31 March   

2012   

£’000   

20,100   

(1,312)   

18,788   

2,094   

20,882   

(42,246)   

(298)   

Cash   

flow    

£’000   

(12,467)   

763   

(11,704)   

(696)   

(12,400)   

14,000   

243   

Other   

non-cash   

changes   

£’000   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

At

31 March

2013

£’000

7,633

(549)

7,084

1,398

8,482

(252)   

-   

(28,498)

(55)

Net debt 

(21,662)   

1,843   

(252)   

(20,071)

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

111

 
 
 
 
	
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

26.	Additional	cash	flow	information	(continued)

Analysis of changes in net debt:

Company 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Revolving credit 

At   

31 March   

2013   

£’000   

5,169   

(28,498)   

Cash   

flow    

£’000   

3,082   

(1,000)   

Other   

non-cash   

changes   

£’000   

At

31	March

2014

£’000

-   

600   

8,251

(28,898)

Net debt 

(23,329)   

2,082   

600   

(20,647)

Company 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Revolving credit 

At   

31 March   

2012   

£’000   

18,137   
(42,246)   

Cash   

flow    

£’000   

(12,968)   
14,000   

Other   

non-cash   

changes   

£’000   

At

31 March

2013

£’000

-   
(252)   

5,169
(28,498)

Net debt 

(24,109)   

1,032   

(252)   

(23,329)

27.	Contingent	liabilities

The Company, together with its subsidiary undertakings, has entered into a cross guarantee with Lloyds TSB Bank plc, The Royal Bank of 

Scotland plc and Clydesdale Bank PLC (trading as Yorkshire Bank) (2013: Lloyds TSB Bank plc, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Clydesdale Bank 

PLC (trading as Yorkshire Bank) and Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerleenbank B.A. (trading as Rabobank International)) in respect of the 

Group’s facilities with those banks. Drawn down amounts totalled £30,000,000 as at 31 March 2014 (2013: £29,549,000).

For the Company, the amounts drawn down by other Group companies which were guaranteed by the Company at the year end totalled £nil 

(2013: £549,000).

28.	Commitments

(a)  The Directors have contracted for future capital expenditure for property, plant and equipment totalling £6,259,000  

(2013: £5,206,000).

(b)  The Group’s future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Group	

Not later than one year 

After one year but not more than five years 

After five years 

The Company has no non-cancellable operating leases.

112

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

2014   
£’000	  

4,136   
5,204   
3,267   

2013

£’000

3,620

7,892

3,282

12,607   

14,794

	
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29.	Related	party	transactions

During the year the Group and Company entered into transactions, in the ordinary course of business, with related parties, including 

transactions between the Company and its subsidiary undertakings. In the Group accounts transactions between the Company and its 

subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation but these transactions are reported for the Company below:

Company 

Related party – subsidiaries 
2014 
2013 

Services rendered   

Interest paid to 

Dividends received   

to related party   

related party 

from related party

£’000   

£’000 

£’000

17,560	 	
19,000   

2,724	
2,066 

12,700
11,404

Amounts owed by or to subsidiary undertakings are disclosed in notes 17 and 19. Any such amounts are unsecured and repayable on demand.

Remuneration of key management personnel:

Group 

Short-term employee benefits 

Post-employment benefits 

Share-based payment 

2014 
£’000	

4,257 
138 
492 

4,887 

2013

£’000

6,698

150

621

7,469

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 
FIVE YEAR STATEMENT

2014	 	

£’m	 	

2013   

£’m   

(Restated)

2012   

£’m   

2011   

£’m   

2010

£’m

Turnover 

994.9	 	

875.2   

820.8   

758.4   

740.3

Profit before tax 

54.8	 	

47.3   

48.4   

Adjusted profit before tax* 

52.2	 	

49.1   

45.6   

47.1   

47.3   

43.8

43.8

Earnings per share 

88.7p	 	

74.9p   

78.6p   

74.5p   

69.7p

Adjusted earnings per share* 

84.1p	 	

78.7p   

72.9p   

72.8p   

69.7p

Dividends per share 

32.0p	 	

30.0p   

28.5p   

27.5p   

25.0p

Capital expenditure 

22.9	 	

33.2   

21.7   

35.9   

20.5

Net debt 

Net assets 

(17.0)	 	

(20.1)   

(21.7)   

(48.3)   

(54.7)

302.7	 	

273.7   

245.9   

220.9   

193.6

*  Adjusted profit before tax and earnings per share exclude the effects of release of contingent consideration and net IAS 41 valuation  

   movement on biological assets in 2014, impairment of property, plant and equipment in 2013 and impairment of goodwill and the effect of  

   associate in 2012. These are the measures used by the Board to assess the Group’s underlying performance.

The comparative for 2013 has been restated to reflect an amendment to IAS 19 Employee Benefits. Further details can be found in notes  

2 and 25.

Dividends per share relate to dividends declared in respect of that year.

Net debt is defined as per note 26 to the accounts.

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

Preliminary announcement of full year results 

Publication of Annual Report 

Annual General Meeting 

Payment of final dividend 

Announcement of interim results 

Payment of interim dividend 

May

June

July

September

November

January

114

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

 
	
	
	 	
SHAREHOLDER ANALYSIS 
AT 9 MAY 2014

Classification 
Private Shareholders 

Corporate bodies and nominees 

Size	of	holding	(shares) 
1 – 1,000 

1,001 – 5,000 

5,001 – 10,000 

10,001 – 50,000 

50,001 – 100,000 

Above 100,000 

Share	price 
Share price at 31 March 2013 

Share price at 31 March 2014 

High in the year 

Low in the year 

Number of   

Number of

holdings   

shares

1,134   

681   

5,128,999

43,835,524

1,815   

48,964,523

952   

511   

110   

136   

39   

67   

378,567

1,171,025

783,373

3,161,798

2,775,384

40,694,376

1,815   

48,964,523

986p   

1,223p   

1,321p   
986p  	

Share	price	movement
Cranswick’s share price movement over the ten year period to May 2014 and comparison against the FTSE 350 Food Producers and  

Processors Price Index (“FTSE FPP”) and against the FTSE All Share Price Index (“FTSE All Share”), all rebased to Cranswick’s share price  

at 5 May 2004 (360p), is shown below:

Share price movement p (rebased to Cranswick)

Cranswick

FTSE All Share

FTSE 350 Food Producers

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Source: Investec

Report & Accounts 2014  Cranswick plc

115

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	 	
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
ADVISERS

Secretary 

Malcolm Windeatt FCA

Company	number

1074383

Registered	Office 

Stockbrokers 

Registrars 

Auditors 

Tax	advisers 

Solicitors 

Bankers 

74 Helsinki Road 

Sutton Fields 

Hull

HU7 0YW

Investec Investment Banking – London

Shore Capital Stockbrokers – Liverpool

Capita Asset Services

The Registry

34 Beckenham Road

Beckenham

Kent

BR3 4TU

Tel: 0871 664 0300 (calls cost 10 pence per minute plus network extras; lines are open  

8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday – Friday). If calling from overseas please call +44 208 639 3399

email: shareholderenquiries@capita.co.uk

www.capitaassetservices.com

Ernst & Young LLP – Hull

PricewaterhouseCoopers – Leeds

Rollits LLP – Hull

Lloyds TSB Bank plc

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

Clydesdale Bank PLC (trading as Yorkshire Bank)

Merchant	bankers 

N M Rothschild & Sons – Leeds

116

Cranswick plc  Report & Accounts 2014

.

W
W
W
C
R
A
N
S
W
C
K
C
O
U
K

I

.

.

REGISTERED OFFICE
Cranswick plc, Helsinki Road, Sutton Fields, Hull HU7 0YW
www.cranswick.co.uk